Walking 2015 adventure world by AdvWorld

WALKING & TREKKING 2015-16

where adventure begins

The world

at your feet

Exodus are the trekking experts. Our office staff alone have seen over 100 sunrises on Kilimanjaro, reached the summit of Mont Blanc and felt microscopic on the Patagonian plains. We’ve headed off the beaten track, we’ve hiked the classics, and we’ve pioneered new routes through the Himalaya. All this experience is distilled into each of our carefully designed itineraries. From sharing the ‘local trails’ through Nepal to timing it just right for the perfect arrival at Machu Picchu, our smoothly-run trips mean you can concentrate on the moments that really matter.

Contents Welcome to our world

4-5

Walk this way

6-7

Trekking expertise

8-9

Ready to go?

10-11

Europe Contents France & Switzerland

12-13 14-25

Austria & Italy

26-37

Spain & Portugal

38-45

Eastern Europe & the Balkans

46-53

Turkey & Greece

54-59

Rest of Europe

60-61

Self-Guided Walking

62-67

North Africa & the Middle East Contents

68-69

Morocco 70-76 Middle East

77-79

Sub-Saharan Africa Contents

80-81

Tanzania 82-87 Kenya & Ethiopia

88-89

Southern Africa

90-91

Asia Contents

92-93

Nepal 94-103 Bhutan 103-104 India 105-109 The Far East

110-115

Americas Contents

116-117

Peru 118-122 Costa Rica, Venezuela & Ecuador

123-125

Brazil, Chile & Argentina

126-128

Cuba & Guatemala

129-130

North America

131-134

Cover Photograph: Gokyo Lake, Khumbu region, Nepal. Page 96.

Main Photograph: Kilimanjaro, Tanzania. Page 83.

Welcome to

our world

of our travellers would recommend Exodus to friends *

of our travellers think that we design and operate our trips to benefit the local community and environment *

4.7 out of 5

of our travellers say our leaders met or exceeded expectations *

Average trip rating based on the last 100 online customer reviews

* Based on feedback from 2014 up to the time of publication

For more than 40 years Exodus has been developing and perfecting adventures. We began in 1974 with two men and one dream: to drive an overland truck full of adventurers deep into the Hindu Kush, an area bordering on inaccessible, to stand awestruck at the foot of the Minaret of Jam. Today, our horizons have expanded: 450 itineraries, 90 countries, all seven continents. What hasn’t changed is our vision. An Exodus adventure is a life-changing, invigorating escape from the ordinary. Isn’t it time you saw the world differently?

Main Photograph: Admiring the panorama from the summit of Stok Kangri, the Indian Himalaya. Page 105.

Travelling Responsibly Exodus has always believed in providing exciting, adventurous and sensitively run holidays. We strive to support local businesses, keep money in the local economy and create jobs, whilst caring for the natural environments and local cultures we visit We recognise that everywhere is someone else’s home, and encourage our travellers to think the same.

Top tips for travelling responsibly on your Walking Holiday: · Take water bottles – plastic mineral water bottles are difficult to recycle. To lessen the impact of waste whilst on trek drink boiled or filtered water where possible. · Spend locally – when you spend your money at locally owned enterprises you support and invest in the community you’re visiting. · Dress appropriately – our trips often visit rural communities where wearing appropriate clothing, covering shoulders and knees for example, shows respect.

· Value local resources – many places we visit struggle with resources like water and energy consumption. Simple acts such as turning off the tap while you clean your teeth, or the air conditioning whilst you’re out, make a big difference. · Read up before you go – detailed and specific information about your trip can be found in Trip Notes, which you can download online or request from our sales team.

In addition to travelling responsibly, you may like to learn more about our various projects where we aim to help the communities and environments we visit. We support educational and environmental projects in Tanzania, Nepal and India, both financially and practically, and if you would like to know more or would like to donate to one of our projects please visit www.exodustravels.com/responsible-travel

Walk this way

Small Group Adventures

Activity Levels

• Fully supported travel in a group of approximately 12 like-minded people

Find Your Comfort Zone

• Carefully timed departure dates for the best conditions on the mountains

Each adventure is given an activity level, to help you choose a trip appropriate to your ability and requirements.

• Award-winning guides and expert local leaders

P F

Special families-only departures of popular trips. Keep an eye out for the Family icon next to dates and prices. Minimum age varies.

Recommended departures for solo travellers. See the Date & Price P Ffor selected departures. Guide

1 LEISURELY

Self-Guided Adventures • Go your own way at your own pace. 1 included 2 • Detailed route notes and maps provided, all luggage transfers

3 MODERATE

• Choose from more than 20 European walking and cycling holidays

Private Groups • Travel in a group of your own choosing (minimum six people), with an Exodus guide leading the way 1

• Customise a standard Exodus itinerary

5 CHALLENGING

• Pick your own dates of travel • Perfect for a milestone birthday or a fundraising challenge Want to find out more? Visit www.exodustravels.com/groups

Accommodation 1 2 family-run 3 accommodation 4 5 Exodus uses small, often in keeping with the surroundings. Each one has been carefully selected for great locations and welcoming atmospheres.

7 TOUGH

• Hotel Due Torri – Overlooking the Agerola Plain, this family-run business has three generations under one roof and is known for its traditional Italian cuisine, all made from local ingredients. See page 33. • Camping – Facilities vary based on destination. In the Alps, we use spacious 3-man Quechua pop-up tents for two people sharing. See page 16. 1

TOUGH+

PREMIUM

Premium Adventures offer extra style and comfort. Hotels have been handpicked for their luxurious qualities and may be renowned for their cuisine. For upgraded accommodation, we also offer Premium Departures on some of our most popular trips. Look for the

P inFthe Date & Price Guide.

2 SPLIT GRADES

You are healthy and want a relaxing trip 2 you’ll be walking 3 4 to five hours 5 where for two a day. Daily ascents will be around 300m to 500m; trails are seldom flat. No experience is required.

You are reasonably fit, enjoy the outdoors 5 some exercise. 6 7 and4 are looking for A walking day is usually five to seven hours and daily ascents normally between 500m and 800m. These are either medium duration walks or shorter, harder walks.

Fitness and a spirit of adventure are important 6 level. Some 7 previous experience 8 9 at this is helpful but not essential – the level is comparable to extended walking in mountainous terrain like Snowdonia or the Scottish Highlands. Expect walking days between six and eight hours, with daily ascents around 900m to 1000m – although these numbers may be higher for passes or summits.

We strongly recommend previous experience 8 9 altitude) at10this level. You (preferably at high need to be confident in your ability to trek for many days over difficult terrain, often in extreme weather conditions. Stamina is essential. Most days you’ll be walking between six and nine hours, although sometimes longer, and ascending 900m to 1000m, although occasionally more. This level combines the elements of a Tough trip,10but includes climbing a glaciated peak; you must have previous experience of specialist equipment such as ice axes and crampons. You may be trekking for eleven hours or more. Sometimes we use split grades, for a more 3 5 6 accurate grading4system, for example Leisurely/Moderate, or for optional ascents.

Main Photograph: On the Inca trail towards Inti Punku, Peru. Page 119.

Trekking

expertise

Featured Leaders Stephanie Besson

rekking Leader of T the Year 2012, Pasang is one of our most experienced leaders in Nepal and never tires of helping people achieve their dream of reaching Everest Base Camp. Want to travel with Pasang? Turn to page 95

Frank Hibbert

F unny and kind-hearted Stephanie is always a hit with our walkers, and is always happy to let you practice some French chit-chat!

Want to travel with Stephanie? Turn to page 2 3

10 seasons in the Alps and more than 50 completed Mont Blanc circuits: you couldnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t ask for a more qualified guide for the Tour than Frank. Want to travel with Frank? Turn to page 17

Walking & Trekking Guides Need to know more? Exodus has produced an ever-growing range of guides to key destinations to help you find out all you need to know about your trek. We've also prepared a detailed fitness guide to get you in the best shape to enjoy your adventure.

www.exodustravels.com/walking-holidays/walking-and-trekking-guides

Call

0845 330 6007 or visit www.exodus.co.uk and enter the three letter trip code

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

Call

0845 330 6007 or visit www.exodus.co.uk and enter the three letter trip code

Main Photograph: Everest Advanced Base Camp, Nepal. Page 97.

Pasang Bomjan

Ready

to go?

1. Information In addition to the information in this brochure, detailed Trip Notes can be obtained from your agent and contain useful information about the itinerary, joining the group, visas and vaccinations, accommodation, food, weather and more.

2. Check availability Please call your agent to check space or provisionally hold a place on your chosen trip.

3. Booking & deposit Payment and booking details can easily be taken over the phone or online. To confirm your booking a deposit of 10% (20% on Polar Cruises) of the cost of your holiday (min. UKÂŁ150 or equivalent) is required. Please ensure you read the Trip Notes, as they form an important part of the contract for your holiday.

4. Final payment The balance of your payment is due eight weeks before departure and you will be issued Final Joining Instructions 10-14 days before you travel.

Book Early

We strongly advise that you book your holiday as far in advance as possible. If you leave your booking too late, your trip may be full, or it may not be possible to obtain a seat on the group flights or at the group fare, or secure accommodation, visas or permits.

Brochure Prices

The prices in this brochure are correct at time of going to print on 09 September 2014 but should be treated as a guide only. Prices can fluctuate depending on flight availability, supplements and taxes, exchange rates and fuel costs. For full details and up-to-date prices, please call your agent. At Exodus, we remain committed to providing the best holiday experience at a fair price.

Adventure Club

All Exodus travellers are welcome in the Adventure Club, our pioneering loyalty club which celebrates our amazing community. Membership means you will get access to our range of loyalty reward discounts on future trips plus a whole host of other benefits, including exclusive partnership deals and priority access to booking offers. 5% your second to fifth trips inclusive

OFF

10% your sixth trip and all subsequent bookings OFF

For more information, visit our website www.exodustravels.com/loyalty-rewards 10

Main Photograph: T he Haute Route. Page 19.

Booking Your Trip

TRIP NAME

TRIP CODE

ACTIVITY LEVEL PAGE

FRANCE & SWITZERLAND

Europe

Mont Blanc Highlights

TWN

Tour du Mont Blanc Camping Trek

TWB

Tour du Mont Blanc Hotel Trek

TWO

Mont Blanc Ascent

TWM

Tour du Mont Blanc Week

TWP

Mont Blanc to the Matterhorn

TWH

Summits & Ridges of the Queyras

TWF

NEW

Walking in the French Pyrenees

TEP

3 (some dates 5)

Highlights of Provence

TEA

Walking the French Riviera

TEK

Highlights of the Basque Country

TEQ

Corsica: The GR20 Mountains & Villages of Corsica

TWS

TEB

NEW

AUSTRIA & ITALY Trins: the Austrian Tyrol

TET

3 or 5

TWU

TEI

3 or 5

Introduction to Via Ferrata

TEZ

Walking Trails of Lake Garda

TDG

Classic Dolomites Highlights of the Dolomites

Chianti: Walking & Wine

TDC

Walking in Tuscany

TDT

3 (some dates 5)

Walking the Amalfi Coast

TDA

Walks of the Cinque Terre and Portofino

TEH

Walking in Puglia and Basilicata

TEV

Walking in Sardinia

TES

TEL

Sicilan Volcanoes

NEW

SPAIN & PORTUGAL Camino de Santiago Trek

TSO

Secret Trails of Mediaeval Spain

TSR

Walking the Picos de Europa

TSQ

3 (some dates 5)

Walking in Andalucia

TDS

2 (some dates 4)

Sierra de Aitana Trek

TSA

Sierra Nevada & Granada

TSN

Walking in Mallorca

TST

Walking In Madeira

TSD

TSZ

Walking in the Azores

EASTERN EUROPE & THE BALKANS Slovenia: Julian Alps Traverse

TVJ

Lakes & Mountains of Slovenia

TVL

Croatia: Islands & Mountains

TVD

Walking in Bosnia & Herzegovina

TVH

Bulgarian National Parks

TVB

Bulgaria: Rodopi Mountains

TDB

Carpathian Walking & Bears

WVR

Walking in Albania

TVZ

TVT

Trek the Polish High Tatras

TURKEY & GREECE Walking the Lycian Way

TTL

Walking the Turquoise Coast

TTD

Taurus Mountains Trek

TTT

Walking in Cappadocia

TTG

Mountains & Villages of Evia

TVE

TEJ

Walking on the Greek Islands

REST OF EUROPE Walking in North Cyprus

TEU

Walking the Fjords

TSH

Iceland Walking Explorer

TSF

SELF-GUIDED WALKING

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

Chateaux of the Loire

LTL

Chablis Vineyards Walk

LTR

NEW

Austrian Lakes Walk

LTG

NEW

The Italian Dolomites

LTD

The Amalfi Coast Self Guided Walk

LTB

The Self Guided Camino de Santiago

LTS

Walking in Oberammergau

LTO

Calypsoâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Isle

LTM

Main Photograph: Tre Cime di Lavaredo, Dolomites, Italy. Page 27.

EUROPE • FRANCE, SWITZERLAND, ITALY

8 days land only from

Mont Blanc

$1520

Reaching an impressive 4810m, Mont Blanc is the highest mountain in Western Europe, with its famous domed summit making it a true icon of the trekking fraternity. It is the apex of three great European powers: France, Italy and Switzerland. Walkers can enjoy the impressive glaciers, flower filled meadows and alpine lakes nestled in its shadows. It is no wonder it provides some of the most popular walking trails in Europe.

Lac Blanc

France, Switzerland, Italy

Why Exodus? Knowledge and Experience

Mont Blanc remains a firm Exodus favourite. Over the years more than 30 of our trekking specialists have trekked, summited and circumnavigated this great peak, affirming our knowledge and experience. Our team are happy to offer tips and advice to ensure you pick the best trip for your abilities.

The Best Leaders

All our walking trips in the Mont Blanc region are led by qualified International Mountain Leaders (IMLs), with a wealth of guiding experience and in-depth knowledge of the trails, from the local flora and fauna to the best mountain cafés for a well-deserved slice of cake!

Variety of Trips

With a comprehensive range of trips, we ensure that this majestic mountain is accessible to all, whether you are looking for the thrill of a summit attempt or a more relaxed series of gentle daywalks. From a week long holiday staying in a rustic chalet, taking away the need to pack and unpack each day, to a two week camping trip completing the full Mont Blanc circuit, our itineraries ensure that you see the best of this area and this beautiful mountain.

The Mont Blanc Trekking Guide

Need to know more? Then download our Mont Blanc Trekking Guide, absolutely free and written by our trekking experts. www.exodustravels.com/walking-holidays/ walking-and-trekking-guides

Mont Blanc Highlights Activity Level

The circuit of Mont Blanc is one of the finest walking routes in the Alps. It is in reality a series of paths linking the seven valleys that surround the highest mountain in Western Europe. To complete the whole circuit normally takes a fortnight, but for those with less time this one-week trip takes in the most outstanding sections. Throughout the week we are based in the delightful Chalet Chamonix and use private buses to travel out each day to re-join the next stage of our walk. At the end of each day we return home for afternoon tea or for those who wish a dip in the chalet's bubbling jacuzzi.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

START

END

START

END

23 May* 30 May* 06 Jun* 13 Jun* 20 Jun 27 Jun 04 Jul 11 Jul 18 Jul 25 Jul 01 Aug

30 May 06 Jun 13 Jun 20 Jun 27 Jun 04 Jul 11 Jul 18 Jul 25 Jul 01 Aug 08 Aug

08 Aug 15 Aug 22 Aug 29 Aug 05 Sep 12 Sep 19 Sep 26 Sep+ 03 Oct+ 10 Oct+

Les Pelerins

Grand Jorasses Aiguille t re du Midi er lF Mont Va Bonatti Blanc Refuge Entreves Les Mont de la Saxe Contamines ITALY Courmayeur Col de Voza

Mont Blanc Highlights: Walks Road Mont Blanc Tunnel

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

TWN

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Travel by minibus, local train and cable car • Altitude maximum 2352m, average 1525m • Group normally 4 to 14, plus UK leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights in comfortable chalet, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 5 picnic lunches and 6 dinners included

3 Transfer above Les Houches; ascend to the Bel Lachat Refuge, before crossing the Carlaveyron Natural Reserve and summiting the Aiguillette des Houches and the Aiguillette du Brevent. 4 A short transfer to Les Houches to cross the Col de Voza and continue towards Les Contamines. 5 Free day for optional walks, activities or sightseeing. 6 Drive through the Mont Blanc tunnel to Italy; climb to Bonatti refuge and traverse high above the spectacular Ferret Valley to Courmayeur.

SWITZERLAND

Col de Balme Lac Blanc La Flegere Aiguille du Tour Le Tour Aiguillette de Brevent Chamonix

3 MODERATE

2 Drive to the head of the Chamonix Valley; walk to Switzerland via Les Bonhommes and the Col de Balme; descend back into France passing Chalets de Balme.

15 Aug 22 Aug 29 Aug 05 Sep 12 Sep 19 Sep 26 Sep 03 Oct 10 Oct 17 Oct

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Single rooms not available • +Best for autumnal colours • *Best for spring flowers

FRANCE

1 Start Chalet Chantel, Chamonix.

2015

Main Photograph: Views of the Aiguille Rouge, France. Page 16.

The best of Mont Blanc Circuit l Comfortable chalet l Explore the exciting town of Chamonix

7 Drive to Col de Montets; walk via Lac Blanc to La Flegere then descend by cable car. ACCOMMODATION

Chalet Chamonix Our comfortable and modern chalet has en suite rooms throughout and a pleasant open-plan lounge with south facing panoramic windows and balcony overlooking Mont Blanc. It is surrounded by a private garden with jacuzzi and is just 15 minutes walk from Chamonix.

8 End Chalet Chantel, Chamonix.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

15 11

6 7

13 9

from

15 days land only

$2190

from

Campsite at Les Frasserands

France, Switzerland, Italy

Tour du Mont Blanc Camping Trek

Trek the classic Tour du Mont Blanc l Traverse beneath huge glaciers l Enjoy fully supported camping

Activity Level

Experience has taught us that 15 days is the perfect duration to fully appreciate this iconic trek - 10 days of trekking complemented by three days of relaxation. Led by an experienced International Mountain Leader (IML) the route crosses three borders, climbs over six passes, traverses beneath huge glaciers, and meanders through beautiful alpine meadows and quaint villages. To lighten our load our baggage is transported between each campsite by support vehicle, leaving us free to enjoy the inspiring scenery found only on this classic trek.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide END

START

2015 20 Jun 21 Jun 27 Jun 04 Jul 11 Jul 18 Jul 19 Jul

04 Jul 05 Jul 11 Jul 18 Jul 25 Jul 01 Aug 02 Aug

25 Jul 01 Aug 08 Aug 15 Aug 16 Aug 22 Aug 29 Aug

P F

08 Aug 15 Aug 22 Aug 29 Aug 30 Aug 05 Sep 12 Sep

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $210 (single tent)

Trient

Col Forclaz

Col de Voza

Les Pelerins

Aiguille du Midi

Grand Jorasses

Col Ferret

Mont Blanc

Mont de la Saxe

Col du Bonhomme

Col de la Seigne

Throughout the trip we use roomy, two person tents, staying at comfortable campsites with modern facilities, hot showers and electricity. Two campsites are basic (wild) with no showers or hot water (but do have toilets!) but are compensated by their stunning settings. Tents are put up for you each day and we have a large mess tent or communal area with tea, coffee and biscuits.

Daily Distance (km)

Col de Balme

Lac Blanc Brevent

P F

2 3 4 5 6

10 15 16 15 14

4 MODERATE/CHALLENGING

TWB

At a Glance • 10 days point-to-point walking; 3 rest days • Luggage transfer included • 8 days challenging and 2 days moderate walking • Altitude maximum 2536m, average 1525m • Group normally 4 to 14, plus UK leader. Min age 16 yrs • 14 nights camping • All breakfasts, 10 picnic lunches and 13 dinners included

8 9 10 12 13

Tour du Mont Blanc Hotel Trek 7

16 22 17 18 10

For those who enjoy the comfort of a bed every night we offer the Mont Blanc circuit as a fully accommodated trek, with all nights spent in a variety of lodgings from family-run 2 and 3-star hotels to auberges. Essentially the same itinerary as the camping version, we include 10 walking days and 3 rest days, in which time we cross three borders and enjoy unrivalled views of the Alps. Your baggage is transported by our support vehicle to your next accommodation, leaving you time to concentrate on the jagged glaciers and picture-book villages on this classic route.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

2015

Hotels and Auberges

7 Rest day.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

4 Cross Col de la Forclaz to Champex. 5 Head up Val Ferret to La Fouly.

8 Climb to Bonatti refuge and traverse high above the spectacular Ferret Valley around Mont de la Saxe to Courmayeur and on to Val Veny.

20 Jun 27 Jun 04 Jul 11 Jul 18 Jul 25 Jul 01 Aug 08 Aug 15 Aug 22 Aug 29 Aug

04 Jul 11 Jul 18 Jul 25 Jul 01 Aug 08 Aug 15 Aug 22 Aug 29 Aug 05 Sep 12 Sep

9 Re-enter France across Col de la Seigne and through La Ville des Glaciers to Les Chapieux.

Col de la Forclaz

Brevent

11 Rest day.

13 Probably best views of Mont Blanc today on the long ascent to Brevent; descend to Plan Praz. 14 Free day at Les Bossons.

Daily Distance (km)

Col de Balme

Grand Balcon

10 Climb to Col de la Croix du Bonhomme and contour around to Col du Bonhomme.

12 Cross Col de Tricot and Col de Voza to re-enter Chamonix Valley and descend to village of Les Houches.

Throughout the trek we use longestablished family-run 2 or 3-star hotels, except for 3 nights where we use local auberges. One of the hotels has a jacuzzi and sauna for guests, whilst another has a spa which is available for a discounted rate. Most of the hotels have stunning locations often with panoramic vistas over the mountains and reflect the culture of the countries they are in.

• Single rooms not available

St Gervais

Grand Jorasses

Aiguille du Midi

La Palud

Les Contamines

Col du Bonhomme

Col Ferret

Mont Blanc Mont de la Saxe

2 3 4 5 6

9 17 13 15 14

4 MODERATE/CHALLENGING

TWO

At a Glance • 10 days point-to-point walking; 3 rest days • Luggage transfer included • 8 days challenging and 2 days moderate walking • Altitude maximum 2537m, average 1525m • Group normally 4 to 14, plus UK leader. Min age 16 yrs • 11 nights 2 and 3-star hotels, 3 nights auberges • All breakfasts, 10 picnic lunches and 12 dinners included

Itinerary - Day by Day

ACCOMMODATION

END

6 Climb to Grand Col Ferret, the highest pass of the trek.

3 Cross over Col de Balme to Switzerland and camp at Trient.

Activity Level

2 From Chamonix the route heads past Lac Blanc to Les Frasserands.

Family-run hotels and auberges l Spectacular views of Mont Blanc l Three rest days to relax or sightsee

1 Start at Les Bossons, near Chamonix .

Camping in the Alps P F

Itinerary - Day by Day

ACCOMMODATION

END

$3610

Ascending the Brevent

France, Switzerland, Italy

START

EUROPE • FRANCE, SWITZERLAND, ITALY

15 days land only

8 9 10 12 13

16 20 17 16 12

1 Start Chamonix. 2 Follow Grand Balcon Sud, excellent views of Mont Blanc; return to Chamonix. 3 Over Col de Balme into Switzerland; night at Col de la Forclaz. 4 Follow Bovine Route to Champex. 5 Along Val Ferret to La Fouly. 6 Follow river La Drance; climb to the highest point of the tour at Grand Col Ferret and into Italy. Overnight at La Palud. 7 Rest day. 8 Climb to Bonatti refuge and traverse high above the spectacular Ferret Valley around Mont de la Saxe to Courmayeur. 9 Cross the Col de la Seigne back to France, descend through la Ville des Glaciers to Les Chapieux. 10 Ascend to Col de la Croix du Bonhomme, then contour across to the Col du Bonhomme. 11 Rest day. 12 Over Col de Tricot to the Chamonix Valley; overnight at Les Houches. 13 Best views of Mont Blanc today; long ascent to the Brevent, descend to Chamonix.

Col de la Seigne

14 Free day in Chamonix.

15 End Les Bossons.

15 End Chamonix.

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

from

8 days land only

$3800

from

15 days land only

$1900

from

Sunrise on the summit

Mont Blanc Ascent

Switzerland, Italy, France 2

Climb Western Europe's highest peak l Three possible summit days l Crampon and ice axe tuition

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

START

END

25 Jun 02 Jul 09 Jul 16 Jul 23 Jul 30 Jul 06 Aug

06 Aug 13 Aug 20 Aug 27 Aug 03 Sep 10 Sep

ACCOMMODATION

Chamonix

Trient Glacier Aiguille du Tour

Mer de Glace

Grand Jorasses

Glacier de Bionassay

Aiguille du Midi telepherique Mont Blanc trekking

ITALY

Courmayeur

At a Glance • 3 days training/high-level trekking, 3 days summit attempt • Altitude maximum 4810m, average 2900m • Group normally 2 to 6, plus UIAGM mountain guide/s as appropriate. Min age 18 yrs • 3 nights hotel, 4 nights mountain huts • All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 7 dinners included

Les Campanules *** At the beginning and end of the trip we offer a little more comfort staying at the 3-star Les Campanules. Modern furnishings perfectly complement the traditional chalet build, with games room and quiet lounge to celebrate and reflect on your return from the mountains. A real highlight is the excellent cuisine and the hearty breakfasts provided. All bedrooms are light and spacious, with en suite facilities, TV and private balcony.

Switzerland, France

Mont Blanc to the Matterhorn

Trek the famous circuit in one week l See the turquoise waters of Lac Blanc

Trek the classic 'Haute Route' l Walk among 4000m peaks

The Mont Blanc Circuit is deservedly one of Europe's classic walks, circumnavigating Western Europe's highest mountain. This exciting itinerary concentrates on some of the most spectacular sections of the circuit, thus enabling us to produce a hard and exhilarating one-week trip for the trekking enthusiast. Overnighting in 2 and 3-star hotels and auberges, we trek clockwise around the Mont Blanc Massif, enjoying phenomenal views.

The Haute Route is one of Europe's best known long distance ski-touring routes; running roughly parallel is a spectacular summer trek from Mont Blanc to the Matterhorn. Covering approximately 100km, it links the valleys of the Haute Savoie in France to the Swiss Valais. Following our guide (IML), we pass beneath ten of the twelve highest mountains in the Alps with stunning views every step of the way.

Itinerary - Day by Day

1 Start Col de la Forclaz.

3 Short bus transfer to La Fouly and climb to the highest point (2536m), Grand Col Ferret, and descend into Italy. 4 Trek from Val Veny over Col de la Seigne to Les Chapieux (1549m). 5 A tougher day over two cols; Croix du Bonhomme (2443m) and Col du Bonhomme (2329m); descend to Les Contamines.

5 Ascend by cable-car and train to Nid d'Aigle (2372m); steady walk to Tête Rousse refuge (3167m).

6 Over the Col du Tricot to the Chamonix Valley.

6 Cross the 'Grand Couloir' then scramble on a steep arête to arrive at Goûter refuge (3817m). An afternoon summit attempt may be possible if the weather forecast is poor for the following day.

7 Our final day trekking takes us past Lac Blanc (2352m) before descending to Chamonix.

Activity Level

Col de la Forclaz

8 End Chamonix.

Daily Distance (km)

5 CHALLENGING

TWP

Trip Code At a Glance

• 6 days point-to-point walking • Light backpacking; some steep ascent/descents • Altitude maximum 2537m, average 1400m • Group normally 4 to 14, plus UK leader. Min age 18 yrs • 5 nights 2 and 3-star hotels, 2 nights auberges • All breakfasts and 6 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide START

04 Jul 18 Jul 15 Aug 05 Sep

• Single rooms not available

15 29 15

Val Veny

1 Start at Les Bossons, near Chamonix. 2 Free day in the Chamonix Valley. 3 The trail contours high in the valley before descending to Les Frasserands. 4 Cross Col de Balme to Switzerland. 5 Over Fenetre d'Arpette to Champex. 6 From Champex the trail leads to Verbier and on to Cabane Mont Fort. 7 Cross the highest pass of the route, Col Prafleuri (2965m). Views of Rhone Valley, Mont Blanc, the Grand Combin and the Matterhorn. 8 Long walking day with two passes to cross; overnight at Les Hauderes.

11 Longest walking day with excellent views of the Weisshorn.

11 Jul 25 Jul 22 Aug 12 Sep

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

2 3 4

Col du Tricot

2 8

10 Past Lac Moiry to the picture-postcard village of Grimentz.

END

Daily Distance (km) 5 1 6 4 7

Itinerary - Day 6 7 by Day

9 Rest day.

2015

8 End Chamonix.

7 Climb via Dôme du Goûter (4304m) and Les Bosses ridge to the summit (4810m); long descent to Chamonix.

2 4 3 3 4 8

The Matterhorn

Tour du Mont Blanc Week

2 Follow Bovine Route to the pretty village of Champex Lac and on to Orsières.

4 Climb the Col du Midi des Grands (3523m), descend to village of Le Tour then back to Chamonix.

• Optional single supplement $210 (for 3 hotel nights in Chamonix only) • Please see Trip Notes for details of Cosmiques route itinerary.

La Tour

TWM

3 Possible ascent of Tête Blanche (3422m) and across the Col Supérieur du Tour to Trient refuge.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

FRANCE

TOUGH+

2 Walk to Albert Premier refuge (2702m); afternoon snow and ice skills training on Glacier du Tour.

13 Aug 20 Aug 27 Aug 03 Sep 10 Sep 17 Sep

SWITZERLAND

1 Start Chamonix; equipment hire and briefing.

2015 18 Jun 25 Jun 02 Jul 09 Jul 16 Jul 23 Jul 30 Jul

Activity Level

In the Mont Blanc massif there is one giant which stands alone amongst a myriad of snow-capped peaks. Looming over the climbing mecca of Chamonix, the majesty of Mont Blanc has captivated climbers for centuries and calls all would-be explorers to join them atop Western Europe's highest peak. Attempted over three days, our itinerary is designed to give you the very best chance of reaching the summit, following either the Goûter or Cosmiques route, depending on departure date. During the expedition the rewarding peak of Tete Blanche will also usually be climbed, teaching snow and ice techniques, building your confidence and helping with acclimatisation.

START

$3040

Walking with views of Mont Blanc

France

EUROPE • FRANCE, SWITZERLAND, ITALY

EUROPE • FRANCE

8 days land only

5 6 7

12 Join Zermatt Valley; descend to Jungu and St Niklaus, short transfer to Randa. 13 Join the Europaweg, a high-level balcony path that contours along the valley towards Zermatt. 14 Optional trip to Zermatt.

21 18 14

15 End Randa.

3 4 9Activity Level 10

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

TWH

Trip Code At a Glance

• 10 days point-to-point walking; 3 days light backpacking • Vehicle support on all camping days • Altitude max 2965m, average 1525m • Group normally 6 to 14, plus UK leader. Min age 18 yrs • 11 nights camping, 2 mountain huts, 1 village inn (dormitory style) • All breakfasts, 10 picnic lunches and 12 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide START

END

2015

05 Jul 02 Aug 30 Aug

19 Jul 16 Aug 13 Sep

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $170 (single tent only)

SWITZERLAND

Grimentz

Verbier

FRANCE

Champex Chamonix

Mont Blanc

P Premium F departure

5 CHALLENGING

St Niklaus

Arolla Zermatt Matterhorn ITALY

trekking

from

EUROPE • FRANCE

EUROPE • ITALY, FRANCE

8 days land only

$1680

from

$1710

Mountain views in the Queyras Regional Park

Italy, France

NEW

Trek to 3000m summits l Spectacular views of alpine ranges l Fully supported with luggage transfer

Activity Level

Nestled deep in the heart of the Southern Alps are the jagged peaks and rolling hills of the Queyras, one of the oldest mountain ranges of the Alps. One of the last to be opened to the public, it offers both an undisturbed natural beauty and off the beaten track feel. This trek is not for beginners as it offers a challenging week of walking through wild, craggy terrain summiting numerous peaks, many of them over 3000m. We spend time on the famous GR5 and GR58 routes, and on certain days cover more than 1000 metres of ascent and descent, scrambling when necessary. With this exciting trek spectacular ridge walks, rewarding climbs and unforgettable summit vistas await!

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

12 Jul 16 Aug 30 Aug

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

from/to Turin

Guillestre

Turin

• 6 days point-to-point walking including steep ascent/descents • Luggage transfer included • Altitude maximum 3286m, average 2200m • Group normally 2 to 15, plus local leader. Min age 18 yrs • 6 nights in gites, 1 night 2-star hotel • All breakfasts and 6 dinners included

Les Fonts L‘Echalp

St Veran Le Pain de Sucre Col des Estronques

Walking in the French Pyrenees 8

ACCOMMODATION

Mountain Gites Throughout the week we use several different mountain gites, each offering something special, whether it is their charming location, freshly baked bread or the local beer on tap! Rooms will be dormitory in style with shared facilities and all will offer hearty food and a warm welcome. They are all certified 'Gites de France', with solid reputation for cleanliness and fantastic food.

No two mountain ranges are the same. Each offers its own environment, culture and and atmosphere. The Pyrenees are no different, and have been enthralling walkers with sky-scraping peaks, glistening lakes and a multitude of trails for many years. This new trip is based in the village of St Lary in the Aure Valley and explores the rugged ridges, peaks and passes of the region, including some sections of the famous GR10. The five daywalks are designed to show the best of the region while the evenings offer the chance to enjoy high mountain cuisine and of course a range of local wines.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

START

END

16 May 14 Jun 04 Jul 22 Aug 05 Sep 19 Sep

23 May 21 Jun 11 Jul 29 Aug 12 Sep 26 Sep

Lac d' Oredon

from/to Toulouse

Pla d'Adet

Col d'Azet

Pic de Bataillence

SPAIN

5 6 7

19 14 15

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

8 14 12

P Premium F departure

ACCOMMODATION

Hotel Les Arches ***

Daily Distance (km) 16

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based walking • More challenging walks on certain dates • Altitude maximum 2400m, average 2000m • Group normally 6 to 15, plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights hotel, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts and 2 evening meals included

5 Today is free to explore at your leisure; activities available locally include cycling, the thermal baths or even rafting.

St-LarySoulan

Pic de la Munia

8 End Briancon.

TEP

4 We transfer to the Portet Pass for a ridge walk on the GR10 with great views of the Pla d'Adet and back down to St Lary itself.

• Optional single supplement from $350 • *Challenging level walking: see Trip Notes • ‡Best for spring flowers

Pic de Neouvielle

3 Short transfer to the start of the Artigusse track which leads us to the Oule Lake Dam; continue on into Neouvielle Natural Reserve to finish with return transfer to St Lary.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

Neouvielle Nature Reserve

3 MODERATE

2 Cable car or transfer to the Pla d'Adet, walk the La Matte ridge all the way to the Soum de Matte (2371m) for superb views of the surrounding valleys.

P F

FRANCE

1 Start St Lary.

2015

7 Head to Cordes lake and on to the Chaude Maison pass. Follow ridge to the 'Turge de la Suffie' summit (3024m). Descend to Cervieres. Transfer to Briançon.

Activity Level

6 Follow long trail to the Grand Laus lake. Join ridge overlooking the lake to the Malrif summit (2954m). Descend to reach Fonts de Cervieres hamlet.

2 3 4

NEW

Beautiful high-mountain scenery l Authentic Pyrenean village l Challenging departures offered

5 Walk to Col Vieux (2806m). Ascend steeply to the summit of Pain de Sucre. Descend to L'Echalp.

walking transfer

Turge de la Suffie

Ceillac

At a Glance

4 After a short bus transfer to the Clausis chapel, begin walk to the Blanchet pass (2897m). Follow ridge walk to Rocca Bianca and on to the Carantran summit (3025m). Descend to Agnel hut.

ITALY

Queyras

TWF

3 Ascend the Estronques pass (2651m). From here follow spectacular 6km ridge walk before descending to St Véran.

• Single rooms not available

FRANCE

CHALLENGING

2 From Val d'Escreins head to the alpine fields of Ceillac. Trek up to the Colette Verte and on to the Pas du Curé (2783m). Descend to Melezet valley.

P F

Cervières

1 Start Guillestre.

19 Jul 23 Aug 06 Sep

Briançon

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

2015

Aure

Summits & Ridges of the Queyras

France

6 7

P Fdeparture P Solo

8 12

F Family departure

Our days start and end at the welllocated Hotel Les Arches in the village of St Lary, in the heart of the Aure Valley. Built to match the traditional architecture of the area, the hotel combines a traditional Pyrenean interior with modern comforts including a swimming pool and sun terrace with great views of the surrounding peaks. Free Wi-Fi and comfortable rooms complete the offering at this familyrun hotel which has been welcoming guests since the year 2000.

6 After a short transfer we follow the French/Spanish border to the Pic de Bataillance (2604m); immense peaks such as Troumouse (3085m) and Munia (3133m) provide the dramatic backdrop. 7 Starting at the Col d’Azet (1580m) we follow a forest track and trek along the Tragnes ridge. 8 End St Lary.

CHALLENGING DEPARTURES

Owing to the variety of terrain in the Pyrenees we are able to offer this trip at with more challenging walks. Our level 5 weeks feature longer walks with more ascents and descents each day. See Date & Price Guide for selected departures.

from

8 days land only

$1900

from

$1520

Lavender fields of Valensole

Menton Harbour

France

Highlights of Provence

See the beautiful Verdon Gorge l Explore local markets and villages l Enjoy relaxed daywalks

Activity Level

A stunning part of Provence and relatively untouched by tourism, Greoux-les-Bains is the perfect base for a week of gentle daywalks. From our comfortable 3-star hotel, we explore the region with a mixture of walks from the door or following a short private bus transfer. With the bustling market town of Forcalquier, the dramatic Verdon Gorge and depending on the season, fields of lavender or poppies just a short drive away, there is much to be discovered.

Trip Code

LEISURELY/MODERATE

TEA

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Well marked trails and paths, occasionally rocky • Altitude maximum 1300m, average 700m • Group normally 4 to 15, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights in 3-star hotel, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts and 2 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide START

23 May* 13 Jun‡ 27 Jun‡ 05 Sep 12 Sep 03 Oct

P F

3 Bus transfer to Forcalquier, known for having the best outdoor market in Provence. Ascend from town with views across the Mourres plateau, a site of geological interest with its mushroom shaped limestone. 4 Travel by bus to the village of Aiguines. From here walk to Verdon Gorge with its stunning turquoise waters.

Forcalquier

ran ce

5 Free day in Greoux-les-Bains; optional visit to Aix-en-Provence.

Greoux-les-Bains

Aiguines

FRANCE

Gorges de Lac de Ste Croix Verdon

PROVENCE

ACCOMMODATION

Hotel des Alpes *** 0

30 km

This family-run hotel is ideally located in the pretty Provencal village of Greoux-les-Bains. All rooms have en suite facilities, air conditioning, Wi-Fi connectivity and hairdryer. The hotel has an outdoor heated swimming pool with an adjacent restaurant serving delicious local specialties.

7 Walk direct from the hotel to the Valensole plateau before reaching the village of Valensole itelf. A spectacular area in summer for seeing fields of lavender.

Located on the Franco-Italian border, on the edge of the warm Mediterranean sea, Menton is a delight for any visitor. It is easy to see how it earned its nickname 'The Pearl of France,' combining a city of gardens, seaport, beach resort and a paradise for hikers all rolled into one. With the Alpine chain dropping into the sea at the French/Italian border, it is also an ideal location for walking. Many of the trails start directly from the town and quickly gain altitude, offering some of the finest views of the Riviera.

Trip Code

04 Apr 18 Apr 02 May 30 May 20 Jun 29 Aug 12 Sep 19 Sep 26 Sep 10 Oct 17 Oct

5 Free day to relax on the beach or take a trip to the chic Principality of Monaco.

• Optional single supplement from $300 • Superior room upgrade $270 - Valid only when booking twin/double room

Mercantour N.P.

FRANCE

Sospel

Eze

Cime de Restaud

P Premium F departure

7 A short train ride to St Jean Cap Ferrat; follow coastal trails along limestone cliffs. 8 End Menton. ACCOMMODATION

Hotel des Londres *** Menton

Roquebrune

MONACO

St Jean-Cap-Ferrat

6 Bus to Castellar to explore; walk to the French-Italian border before decending to Menton.

ITALY

Cime de Baudon

• 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Well marked trails and paths, occasionally rocky • Altitude maximum 751m, average 350m • Group normally 5 to 15, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights 3-star hotel, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts included

4 Train or bus to the mountains above Monaco; follow coastal walk to the 14th century village of Eze.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

At a Glance

3 Head by bus inland to Sospel; walk to the border of the Mercantour N.P; return to Menton by bus.

Gorbio

6 7

TEK

2 Walk to the Cap Martin Peninsula, passing through the pretty cliff-side village of Roquebrune Cap Martin.

P F

Daily Distance (km) 13 11

1 Start Menton.

11 Apr 25 Apr 09 May 06 Jun 27 Jun 05 Sep 19 Sep 26 Sep 03 Oct 17 Oct 24 Oct

Nice

2 LEISURELY/MODERATE

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

8 End Greoux-les-Bains.

2 3 4

Activity Level

6 Take the bus to Moustier-Ste-Marie. Climb the ridge of L'Ourbes with views over the lake of St Crois. After reaching the top descend via old Roman road.

Moustier-Ste-Marie Valensole

Lac d’Esparron

Stay in heart of the Cote d'Azur l Enjoy coastal walks l Visit the principality of Monaco

2015

2 Follow the Verdon river and ascend hill for views over Lake Esparron. Arrive for lunch in village of St Martin before walking to the plateau of Pauron.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $320 • *Best for poppies • ‡Best for lavender

Marseille

Walking the French Riviera

START

1 Start Greoux-les-Bains.

30 May 20 Jun 04 Jul 12 Sep 19 Sep 10 Oct

Aix-en-Provence

Dates & Price Guide Itinerary - Day by Day

END

2015

EUROPE • FRANCE

8 days land only

P Fdeparture P Solo

30 km

F Family departure

This charming hotel enjoys a great location 25 metres from the sea front. Each of the 27 rooms has a safety deposit box, flat screen TV with multilingual satellite channels, telephone and hairdryer. There is Wi-Fi available in the bedrooms as well as some of the communal areas and the terrace and lounge bar provide the perfect spots to relax.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

12 9 8

5 7

12 11

from

15 days land only

$1710

from

8 days land only

$3710

from

San Sebastian

Highlights of the Basque Country

France NEW

Enjoy coastal walks l Explore Biarritz and San Sebastian l Walk in the Pyrenees

Activity Level

Straddling the Franco-Spanish border but boasting a unique culture that pre-dates both its neighbours, the Basque Country has much to offer. The sparkling coastline with sweeping golden beaches, colourful fishing ports and dramatic Atlantic surf forms a perfect backdrop for our week of relaxed walking. Exploring both the Spanish and French highlights of the region, our walks vary from the cosmopolitan coastal resorts of San Sebastian and Biarritz to the lush mountain pathways of the Pyrenees, whilst each evening returning to our comfortable hotel to relax on the sun terrace or enjoy a refreshing dip in the pool.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

START

END

02 May 30 May 27 Jun 19 Sep 10 Oct

LEISURELY/MODERATE

TEQ

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Well marked trails and paths, occasionally rocky • Altitude maximum 905m, average 300m • Group normally 5 to 15, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights in 3-star hotel, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts and 4 dinners included

• Optional single supplement $310

4 Short boat ride to Hondarribia, Spain. Enjoy coastal walk with swimming opportunities.

Bay of Biscay

Biarritz

FRANCE

Saint-Jean-de-Luz Hondarribia Hendaye Pasaia Xoldokogagna

SPAIN

ACCOMMODATION

Hotel Orhoitza *** The Orhoitza is a charming hotel located 100 metres from a large sandy beach and next to the marina in Hendaye. Built in a typical Basque style, the 42 rooms each have a television, telephone and hairdryer. Free Wi-Fi is available in the communal areas and there is a bar, terrace and outdoor pool for relaxation.

4 Walk to Lac d'Argentu. Optional ascent of Monte Cinto. Spend the night in Asco. 5 Use ladders and chain to traverse the Cirque de Solitude; descend towards the sheep pastures of Vallone. 6 Climb to the Refuge Ciotulu I Mori. 7 Continue through the woods to Lac Nino. 8 Swim in natural pool; follow Tavignano River to Corte.

6 Morning coastal walk to Biarritz; free afternoon to enjoy this world famous surfing resort.

11 Walk to the Plateau of Gialgone; optional ascent of Mt Renoso and to Col de Verde.

7 Train ride to the harbour town of Pasaia, Spain. Walk to San Sebastien for magnificent views of the Atlantic Ocean and a short visit to the town.

12 Morning ridge walk, followed by a descent to the town of Cozzano.

2 3 4

12 8 10

10 Transfer to Vizzavona. Walk on to Bocca Palmente; continue to Capanelle.

15 Transfer to Bastia airport; end.

TWS

Trip Code At a Glance

• 11 days point-to-point walking • 1 rest day in Corte, 1 optional walk day • High level of fitness required • Altitude maximum 2400m (optional ascent of 2706m), average 2000m • Group normally 5 to 16 plus 2 leaders. Min age 18 yrs • 10 nights in dormitories, 1 night in tent, 3 nights hotels • All breakfasts, 11 lunches and 12 dinners included

START

END

2015

14 Jun 21 Ju n 12 Jul 19 Jul 09 Aug 16 Aug 23 Aug 06 Sep 13 Sep

28 Jun 05 Jul 26 Jul 02 Aug 23 Aug 30 Aug 06 Sep 20 Sep 27 Sep

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

• Single rooms not available

Mountains & Villages of Corsica Swim in thermal rockpools l Walk diverse landscapes Caught between France and Italy, yet with its own cuisine, culture and language, Corsica is a land of dramatic beauty. With the sandy beaches of the Mediterranean just 40km from the island’s pink granite peaks, this small area offers a surprising range of diverse terrain. Based in the village of Bocognano, the mountain railway gives easy access to some of the island’s best walking routes, covering mountain passes, thermal rock pools and green pastures. 7 8 9 10 1

CHALLENGING/TOUGH

Dates & Price Guide

13 Long climb to Bocca di L'Usciolu; to Basseta. 14 Over the Plateau Coscione to the Asinau Valley and on to Bavella.

6 7

Activity Level

1 Start Calvi.

9 Free day in Corte.

Daily Distance (km)

A notoriously a difficult route, the GR20 is arguably Europe’s finest and toughest trek. This itinerary takes away some of the route’s usual hardships as we stay in private refuges, only carry daypacks and take a rest day in the beautiful citadel of Corte. However, the landscape and terrain of this incredible, legendary hike are still a challenge and vary enormously.

5 Free day; relax on the large sandy beach of Hendaye or travel further afield to spend the day in Bilbao and visit the world-renowned Guggenheim museum.

8 End Hendaye.

Europe’s toughest trek l Private gites and luggage transfers

Itinerary - Day by Day

Corte citadel, Corsica

France

Corsica: The GR20

3 From Bonifatu to Haut Asco.

3 Short transfer by private bus to towards the Pyrenees to climb Xoldokogagna (550m), with spectacular views of the bay of Hendaye.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

2 Transfer to Calenzana and walk to Bonifatu.

2 Take local bus to the charming town of Saint-Jean-de-Luz. Follow picturesque coastal track back to Hendaye.

P F

09 May 06 Jun 04 Jul 26 Sep 17 Oct

San Sebastien

1 Start Hendaye.

2015

$1300

Col de Bavella

France, Spain

EUROPE • FRANCE

EUROPE • FRANCE, SPAIN

8 days land only

1 Start Bocognano. 2 Train to Tavera village; woodland walk to ancient menhir (standing stone) and walk back to Bocognano. 3 Short train ride to Poggio; walk through woodland to the historic city of Corte; free afternoon in Corte. 4 Train journey to Tattone; follow a riverside trail to the village of Canaglia. Optional walking extensions available. 5 Free day for an optional trip by train to Ajaccio and its beaches, or to relax in Bocognano. 6 Start in Vizzavona where we walk along the famous GR20 tracks to Bocca Palmente. 7 Walk directly from the hotel to Ruisseau de Cardiccia before contouring along the canyon towards the Bergerie de Mattonu. 8 End Bocognano.

Bastia

Calvi

Bastia Airport

Calenzana Bonifatu Haut Asco Monte Cinto

CORSICA Bocognano

Ajaccio

MODERATE

TEB

Trip Code At a Glance

• 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Altitude max 1650m, average 800m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights 2-star hotel, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 5 lunches and 6 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide START

END

2015

07 Jun 14 Jun 21 Jun 05 Jul 26 Jul 30 Aug 06 Sep 13 Sep

14 Jun 21 Jun 28 Jun 12 Jul 02 Aug 06 Sep 13 Sep 20 Sep

P F

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

Corsica: the GR20 trekking transfer

Paglia Orba

Activity Level

Itinerary - Day by Day

Corte Vizzavona Monte Renoso

• Optional single supplement $180

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

11 12 10

6 7

8 10

Monte Incudine

Mountains & Villages of Corsica

Bavella

walking areas railway

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

from

EUROPE • ITALY

EUROPE • GERMANY, AUSTRIA

8 days land only

$1430

from

$1810

Views of Paternkofel

Germany, Austria

Italy

Trins: the Austrian Tyrol Walk on quiet trails l Choose your walking level each day l Savour traditional Tyrolean cuisine

Activity Level

South of Innsbruck among the green meadows of the Gschnitzal Valley lies Trins, a charming village with authentic Tyrolean buildings and easy access to some wonderful walking. On our journey through ancient villages filled with onion-domed churches, we learn why Tyroleans are so justifiably proud of their homeland and enjoy wonderful views across this mountainous paradise. Thanks to such a large of variety of walks, two grades are offered each day, with a different leader escorting each grade.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

END

27 Jun* 11 Jul* 18 Jul 01 Aug# 08 Aug 15 Aug# 22 Aug 29 Aug

04 Jul 18 Jul 25 Jul 08 Aug 15 Aug 22 Aug 29 Aug 05 Sep

TET

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Level 3 and 5 walks offered each day • Altitude maximum 2717m, average 1800m • Group normally 5 to 18, plus 1 UK leader per grade. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights 3-star Hotel Wienerhof, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts and 7 dinners included

MULTIPLE GRADES

To allow greater flexibility, we offer both Moderate and Challenging level walks every day on each departure. This is ideal if you are unsure of your fitness or want to travel with friends who are at different walking abilities. Our itinerary and daily distance chart on this page reflect level 3 walking. Please refer to the Trip Notes for more details on our level 5 walks.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

ACCOMMODATION

Hotel Wiernerhof *** Our comfortable base is situated in the heart of the village of Trins. This family-run hotel has rooms in 2 separate buildings: the traditional main building has a cosy dining room and separate bar, while just across the narrow village street the second, more modern, building houses a sauna and enhanced relaxation area. Austriantwin and single rooms have shower and WC and may be in either building.

P P P P P P P P P P P P P P

6/7 Level 5 walks include ridge walking to reach Portjoch (2110m) along Italian border, a summit offering views of more flowers than anywhere else in Tyrol, Blaser (2241m) and the Padasterkogel (2301m). 8 End Trins.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

13 Jun 20 Jun 27 Jun 04 Jul 11 Jul 18 Jul 25 Jul 01 Aug 29 Aug 05 Sep 12 Sep 19 Sep 26 Sep 03 Oct

• Optional single supplement $350 • *Challenging grade week

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

06 Jun 13 Jun 20 Jun 27 Jun 04 Jul* 11 Jul 18 Jul 25 Jul 22 Aug* 29 Aug 05 Sep 12 Sep 19 Sep* 26 Sep

12 10 9

6 7

11 11

AUSTRIA

Val P

uste ria Villabassa

Dobbiaco

Lago di Braies Fanes - Sennes Park Cortina

Serles

Stubai Alps

s G Tribulanhutte

Trins l Nosslachjoch ern l Ob rgta be

ITALY

itz

n ch

Tre Cime di Lavaredo Monte Piano Dolomiti di Sesto Park

Portjoch 10

MODERATE

TWU

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • More challenging walks on certain dates • Not recommended for vertigo sufferers • Altitude maximum 2900m, average 2500m • Group normally 4 to 15, plus UK leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights 4-star Hotel Adler, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 5 lunches and 5 dinners included

1 Start Villabassa.

2015

The small village of Villabassa, just north of Cortina d'Ampezzo, is nestled close to the Austrian border and sandwiched between the spectacular, jagged limestone peaks of the Dolomites. From here we enjoy an excellent choice of routes with the opportunity to relax in comfort at the end of a day walking. During the week, we venture into the Fanes-Sennes and Dolomiti di Sesto National Parks for great views of the Tre Cime di Lavaredo. Historically the front line between Italy and Austria-Hungary during the First World War, the trails take us each day through incredible open-air museums.

5 Free day to relax in Trins or enjoy optional activities.

Activity Level

START

2/4 Guided daywalks through Gschnitztal and Obernberg valleys with ascents to St Magdalena Chapel (1661m), the Tribulaun Hut (2064m) and Nosslachjoch (2231m). All walking is optional and you can choose simply to relax in the hotel or visit Innsbruck for the day. • *Best for flowers • #Special gourmet meal weeks, see Trip Notes for details

PREMIUM

Tre Cime di Lavaredo trek l 4-star hotel with wellness centre l Moderate and Challenging weeks

1 Start Trins.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • No charge for single rooms subject to availability • Allow approx. €60 for local transport costs

MULTIPLE GRADES

Itinerary - Day by Day

2015

Classic Dolomites

3,5

F F F F F F F F F F F F F F

2 Walk to the beautiful Lago di Braies. 3 Walk amongst beautiful wild flowers during the climb up towards Strudelkopf. 4 Walk from the Kreutzberg Pass to the Nemes Alm. 5 A free day to relax or enjoy optional activities. 6 A memorable circuit around the famous 'three chimneys', Tre Cime di Lavaredo. ACCOMMODATION

Hotel Adler **** Located on the village square, Hotel Adler is one of the most comfortable hotels we offer. The cosy bar is often busy with locals, while the quiet lounge is warmed by a log fire. Other facilities include an indoor pool, sauna, solarium and small fitness centre. The well-known restaurant, run by head chef Helene Markart, appears in the Michelin Guide among others; the menu features a mixture of local and international cuisine. All bedrooms are spacious and have en suite facilities, minibar and TV. Various suite upgrades are available on request.

7 To complete the week, we take an amazing tour around the summits of Monte Piano. 8 End Villabassa.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

10 14 14

6 7

12 10

CHALLENGING DEPARTURES

With an excellent variety of walking in an area, it is sometimes limiting when there is only one level of walking. Therefore we have chosen to offer some weeks at level 5, featuring longer walks on steeper terrain, perfect for walkers who are looking for a more of a challenge. See Date and Price Guide for selected departures.

30 km

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

from

8 days land only

$1520

from

View of Soraga, Western Dolomites

Italy

Activity Level

Val di Fassa lies between Marmolada (3,343m), the Dolomites' highest peak, and Catinaccio (2,981m), the famous long ridge that glows red in the setting sun. Based in the lively town of Moena, locally known as the gateway to the Dolomites, we are ideally situated to access neighbouring valleys and discover their attractive villages. We walk through lush green valleys carpeted with a profusion of alpine flowers and are constantly rewarded with panoramic views of jagged limestone spires towering above. With excellent chairlift and bus links, we are able to access a huge variety of walks, thus allowing us to offer two grades of walking on each departure.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

20 Jun 11 Jul 18 Jul 25 Jul 29 Aug 05 Sep 12 Sep

ACCOMMODATION Val Pu st

eria

Dolomites

Cortina

Ortisei Bolzano

Trento

• 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Level 3 and 5 walks offered each day • Altitude maximum 3024m, average 2300m • Group normally 6 to 20 plus 1 UK leader per grade. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights 3-star Hotel Laurino, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts and 6 dinners included

Moena

ITALY

Hote Laurino *** Ideally located in the heart of the town of Moena, close to cafes and shops, this family-run hotel welcomes us with a great friendly atmosphere, comfortable rooms and lovely food. All twin-bedded and single rooms have shower and WC, telephone and TV, and the small wellness centre gives us the chance to enjoy a sauna or a Turkish bath after a day of walking. There is also a lounge/bar area where we can relax in the evenings.

Daily Distance (km) 12 15 13

Activity Level

This is the perfect trip for walkers who enjoy scrambling and are looking for a new challenge. Via Ferrata, 'Iron Way' in Italian, refers to a system of cables that cling to the side of the mountains on routes that would normally be the domain of rock climbers. Taking us each day on classic routes in the craggy mountains of the Sexten Dolomites, our expert local mountain guides teach us all we need to know, so we can safely clamber along ridges and up rock faces.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide END

CHALLENGING/TOUGH

TEZ

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based Via Ferrata; 1 free day • Not suitable for vertigo sufferers • Altitude maximum 2910m, average 2300m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus one local UIAGM guide for every 8 clients. Min age 18 yrs • All breakfasts and 6 dinners included • 7 nights 3-star Hotel Tschurtschenthaler, all rooms en suite

2015

8 End Moena.

2 3 4

Discover Via Ferrata l Explore First World War routes l Marvel at breathtaking scenery

START

6/7 Level 3 walks include the Passo Costalunga, Vigo di Fassa and Canazei, where lifts can provide access to higher ground. Another possibility is the Vajolet Hut beneath the famous Vajolet Towers. Level 5 hikes venture onto Catinaccio for some excellent ridge walking, and into the famous Sella Group.

• Optional single supplement $180 (July departures $290) • Allow approx. €60 for local transport costs

At a Glance

5 Free day to relax in Moena, explore the area or try some optional activities.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

TEI

2/4 Guided walks mixing high-altitude routes that guarantee stunning Dolomite scenery, with low level paths.

27 Jun 18 Jul 25 Jul 01 Aug 05 Sep 12 Sep 19 Sep

MULTIPLE GRADES

1 Start Moena.

2015

Via Ferrata route on Monte Cristallo

Introduction to Via Ferrata

3,5

Trek exceptional trails l Enjoy views of the Marmolada l Choose your walking level

END

$2090

Italy

Highlights of the Dolomites

START

EUROPE • ITALY

8 days land only

6 7

13 12

04 Jul 11 Jul 22 Aug 29 Aug 05 Sep

11 Jul 18 Jul 29 Aug 05 Sep 12 Sep

Itinerary - Day by Day

P F

1 Start Dobbiaco. 2/4 Thanks to the wealth of via ferrata routes available and our leaders' intimate knowledge of the area, the best route will be chosen daily, depending on the weather and ability of the group.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $210 • Equipment hire paid locally €25

5 Free day for optional walking or cycling. Val P

uste

ria Villabassa Dobbiaco Dolomiti di Sesto Fanes - Sennes Tre Cime Park di Lavaredo Tofana Monte Cristallo Cortina Sassopiatto Sorapis

ITALY

MULTIPLE GRADES

To allow greater flexibility, we offer both moderate and challenging level walks every day on each departure. This is ideal if you are unsure of your fitness or want to travel with friends who are at different walking abilities .

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

6/7 This area has some of the most famous Via Ferrata routes in the Dolomites, many dating back to the First World War. The most impressive and memorable route takes us around the Tre Cime di Lavaredo, situated in the Sexten Dolomites.

AUSTRIA

F Family departure

WHAT IS VIA FERRATA?

Via Ferrata means 'Iron Way' in Italian and refers to a system of cables that cling to the side of the mountains and create routes that would normally be the domain of rock climbers. Thanks to an extensive network of metal cables, rungs and ladders built during the First World War to help troops defend their territory, every confident scrambler can enjoy reaching high passes and spectacular summits with no previous climbing experience. To reach these perfect defensive locations, all you need is good fitness and a head for heights.

8 End Dobbiaco.

“Via ferrata is just fun the more I did the more I wanted to do, I highly recommend this trip!” Pip Dodson

from

8 days land only

$1520

from

Malcesine

Italy

Walking Trails of Lake Garda

Cable car to Monte Baldo l Boat across Lake Garda l Try delicious local wines and cuisine

Activity Level

The contrasting landscape of dramatic mountains, clear water and sandy coves make Lake Garda a wonderful place to visit. Close to the lake the atmosphere is Mediterranean, with a mild climate supporting palms and lemon groves alongside the olives and vines. Away from the shore, craggy mountains rise rapidly and citrus groves give way to forest and alpine meadows. The many lakeside villages have historically been linked by boat, which we use to explore the area along with a combination of buses, cable car and leisurely walks.

Trip Code

LEISURELY

TDG

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Leisurely pace on established trails • Altitude maximum 1760m, average 100m • Group normally 5 to 16, plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights 3-star hotel, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts and 4 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide Itinerary - Day by Day

END

2015

3 Take in spectacular views on the walk from Nago down to Tempesta; afternoon excursion to western lakeside town Limone.

Sa rc

4 Visit Arco Botanical Gardens before walking on the slopes of Monte Biaina to Dro, with its views of the Sarca valley.

Dro

Arco Riva

ITALY

5 Free day for a boat trip to the Roman villa at Sirmione or to explore magnificent Verona.

Nago

6 Enjoy Riva before continuing to glacial Lago di Tenno; descend via mediaeval villages of Canale and Tenno to Cascata del Varone waterfalls.

Malcesine Monte Baldo

Lake Garda

ACCOMMODATION

Garda

Eco-Hotel Zanella *** Sirmione

Verona 30 km

This family-run hotel offers en suite rooms, an outdoor pool and restaurant/bar where local specialities are served. It is located in the historic centre of Nago-Torbole and has a reserved lakeside beach area. The owners are committed to sustainability and you will find solar panels, recycling points and the use of local products throughout the hotel.

Chianti: Walking & Wine 4

7 Cable car to the summit of Monte Baldo for panoramic views over Lake Garda; gentle walk along summit ridge before descending to Malcesine town.

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

11 Apr 25 Apr 09 May 23 May 30 May 13 Jun 20 Jun 04 Jul 25 Jul 29 Aug 05 Sep 12 Sep 19 Sep 26 Sep 10 Oct 24 Oct

TDC

At a Glance • 5 days gentle walking and sightseeing; 1 free day • Group normally 5 to 16, plus leader. Min age 18 yrs • Low altitude throughout • 7 nights Villa Casalta, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 5 dinners and 3 wine tastings included

2 Visit mediaeval market town of Greve in Chianti and the hilltop village of Montefioralle; afternoon wine tasting in Castellina. 3 Travel to Siena and explore the stunning historic centre; learn about Tuscan and Italian wines at the Wine School. 4 Circular walk from our lodge to the tiny village of Fonterutoli. 5 Free day to visit other Chianti villages or relax by the pool. 6 Discover the magnificent city of Florence, considered the birthplace of the Renaissance. 7 Walk to San Gimignano; free time to explore the Palazzo Comunale, Pinacoteca and Torre Grossa before wine tasting. 8 End Castellina in Chianti.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $400 • *Chianti Wine Festival (10-13 September)

ACCOMMODATION

Villa Casalta

ITALY

TUSCANY

2 LEISURELY/MODERATE

1 Start Castellina in Chianti.

18 Apr 02 May 16 May 30 May 06 Jun 20 Jun 27 Jun 11 Jul 01 Aug 05 Sep 12 Sep 19 Sep 26 Sep 03 Oct 17 Oct 31 Oct

Florence

6 7

Trip Code

Daily Distance (km) 7

With its Renaissance cities, mediaeval villages and cypress-lined avenues snaking through vineyards, southern Tuscany is the perfect place for a relaxed walking tour. Based at the tranquil Villa Casalta, we visit beautiful San Gimignano, the market town of Greve in Chianti, the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Siena and the magnificent city of Florence. During the week we sample several varieties of the world-renowned local Chianti and have the opportunity to learn more about Italian wines at the Wine School of Siena.

Pisa 9

Activity Level

8 End Nago.

2 3 4

Explore Tuscany's rolling hills l Stay in a beautiful converted farmhouse l Try fabulous Chianti wines

2015

2 Visit Penede Castle with lovely lake views, descend to Torbole and follow shore to Riva; free afternoon.

• Optional single supplement $180

START

1 Start Nago.

13 Jun 20 Jun 20 Jun 27 Jun 05 Sep 12 Sep 12 Sep 19 Sep Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

$1480

Overlooking Sant’Agostino Church, San Gimignano

Italy

START

EUROPE • ITALY

8 days land only

San Gimignano

Greve in Chianti Villa Casalta

Monteriggioni

Siena

This beautifully renovated farmhouse, with swimming pool and en suite facilities, is decorated in a traditional Tuscan style and set in glorious countryside. The 19th century villa was the residence of a noble family of Siena and it now belongs to Delia and her daughter Roberta; they have provided warm country hospitality for over 20 years and pride themselves on their fine home-made food and locally produced wines and olive oil.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

9 CITY WALKING

6 7

CITY WALKING 10

“The right balance of walking and sightseeing providing an excellent introduction to Tuscany.” Richard Hope

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

from

8 days land only

$1470

from

$1580

Garfagnana mountain views

Walk of the Gods

Italy

Walking in Tuscany

Walk Tuscany's secluded mountains l Family-run farmhouse with pool l Challenging walks on certain weeks

Activity Level

The Garfagnana region, close to the gems of Lucca, Pisa and Florence, is one of Italy’s bestkept secrets. The area’s astonishing landscape is a far cry from the rolling hills of southern Tuscany as it lies between the Alpi Apuane and the Apennine mountain ranges, providing us with ample hiking opportunities which, along with picturesque hilltop and lakeside villages and the warm local hospitality, make for a wonderful trip. Certain dates include more challenging trekking and incorporate one night in a mountain refuge.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

END

START

11 Apr 18 Apr 25 Apr 02 May 09 May 16 May 30 May 06 Jun 13 Jun 20 Jun 27 Jun 04 Jul 11 Jul 25 Jul

25 Jul‡ 01 Aug 08 Aug 15 Aug‡ 22 Aug* 29 Aug P F 05 Sep 12 Sep P 19 F Sep* 26 Sep 03 Oct 10 Oct 17 Oct 24 Oct

TDT

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • More challenging walks on certain dates • Moderate fitness is required • Altitude maximum 2054m, average 1000m • Group normally 1 to 14, plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights farmhouse, most rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 5 lunches and 5 dinners included

6 7

2 Transfer to the village of Pruno; walk through Orecchiella N.P. to Pania di Corfino; descend via Campiana village.

P F P F

3 Short drive to Vagli Sotto; walk through chestnut woods to the ancient village of Campocatino and San Viviano's Hermitage. 4 Circular walk from Braccicorti to mediaeval market town Castiglione di Garfagnana. 5 Free day to visit Lucca, the Cinque Terre, Florence or Pisa.

P F

16 16

CHALLENGING DEPARTURES

Our level 5 weeks feature longer walks on more challenging terrain. See Date and Price Guide for selected departures.

MODERATE

1 Start Braccicorti lodge.

P F

01 Aug 08 Aug 15 Aug 22 Aug 29 Aug 05 Sep 12 Sep 19 Sep 26 Sep 03 Oct 10 Oct 17 Oct 24 Oct 31 Oct

Daily Distance (km) 13 12

Itinerary - Day by Day

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $340 (limited availability) • *Activity level 5 (Challenging) weeks • ‡Family departures (parents with children only - min. age 12)

2 3 4

END

2015 04 Apr 11 Apr 18 Apr 25 Apr 02 May 09 May 23 May‡ 30 May 06 Jun 13 Jun* 20 Jun 27 Jun 04 Jul 18 Jul*

EUROPE • ITALY

8 days land only

ACCOMMODATION

Agriturismo Braccicorti A traditional lodge-style stone building, Braccicorti has been authentically renovated and is surrounded by meadows, orchards and woodlands. It is hosted by a welcoming family who take pride in their region and Mamma’s cooking! There are 4 twin/ double rooms (with en suite facilities) and 2 apartments, each with 1 twin/ double and 1 single room sharing a bathroom. There is also a dining room, comfortable living room, terrace, outdoor swimming pool and a garden with stunning views of the mountains.

6 Transfer to Vianova village and walk through the Alpi Apuane N.P. to Monte Sumbra.

Walking the Amalfi Coast 6

The Amalfi Coast is one of the most dramatic coastlines in Europe. Mountains jut steeply out of the Mediterranean and picturesque towns nestle in the coves below. Walking the ancient hillsides studded with lemon groves and framed by deep gorges, we descend from the Agerola Plain to the quaint towns of Positano and of course Amalfi itself. No visit to the Bay of Naples would be complete without a trip to see the remains of Pompeii under the imposing volcanic cone of Mount Vesuvius. Saving the best till last, we complete our week with one of the world's best coastal walks, the 'Walk of the Gods'. Away from the trails we partake in the favourite traditional pastime and sample incredible food and wine just like the Italians do!

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

30 km

Monte Prado

La Spezia

Land only price $1580 9 Single supplement available for $380 per person

Hotel Due Torri ***

2 An impressive walk to top of Monte Tre Calli for great wide-open views of the coastline.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3

11 10

5 7

10 12

Cinque Terre

Monte Sumbra

Due Torri is a lovely family-run hotel in Bomerano, a quiet village set at an altitude of approx. 700m that provides a relaxing retreat from the busier towns by the sea. The hotel is a true highlight of the trip and is well known for its warm hospitality, typical of southern Italy. All rooms have en suite facilities, air-conditioning and Wi-Fi. It has a lovely small outdoor pool and terrace. The hotel's restaurant serves delicious local cuisine and the chef will treat you to fun cookery demonstrations arranged during your stay.

Pania di Corfino

ITALY

Ga Castelnuovo rfa gn Barga an a

Grotta del Vento

Ligurian Sea

Herculaneum

Mount Vesuvius Pompeii

Bay of Naples

ITALY

TUSCANY

Lucca

CAMPANIA

Naples

Braccicorti

Sorrento

to Florence

Ravello

Bomerano

Amalfi

Positano

Capri

Pisa

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

Amalfi Coast 0

TDA

• 4 days centre-based guided walking; 1 sightseeing day and 1 free day • Low altitude throughout • Moderate walks at a leisurely pace • Not suitable for severe vertigo sufferers • Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights in a 3-star hotel, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 4 lunches and 6 dinners included

1 Start Bomerano.

Please refer to the website and Trip Notes for Solo departures.

At a Glance

ACCOMMODATION

nin

Verrucole

2 LEISURLY/MODERATE

We run this trip every week from Saturday to Saturday starting from the 7th February to the 26th December.

8 End Braccicorti Lodge.

Activity Level

7 Drive to Casone; head through beech forest into the Appenino Tosco-Emiliano N.P. to the summit of Monte Prado.

Walk the Sorrentino Peninsula l Visit Amalfi, Ravello and Positano l Explore the ruins of Pompeii

3 Follow mule tracks and steps down to Amalfi Mill; free afternoon to explore the famous cathedral or the Paper Mill Museum. 4 Drive to Bay of Naples; visit fascinating ruins of Pompeii and take an optional walk up the vast crater of Mount Vesuvius. 5 Guided walk to Valle delle Ferriere natural reserve through beautiful forests, springs and waterfalls. 6 Free day to relax or take a boat to Capri, visit Naples, Ravello or Herculaneum (all optional). 7 'Walk of the Gods' with superb panoramic views all the way to Positano; return by boat to Amalfi; try some locally-made Mozzarella cheese. 8 End Bomerano.

“One of our best holidays which we will always remember.” Sonia Dilcock

30 km

from

8 days land only

$1560

from

Portofino

Italy NEW

Discover colourful Cinque Terre l Walk coastal and mountain paths l Visit chic Portofino Located on a part of Italy’s most beautiful coastline, perfectly nestled between the Cinque Terre and Bay of Portofino, our base in the seaside town of Moneglia is a real treat for visitors. On inspirational walks through hills, woodland and coastal villages we will discover why these areas have earned names such as the Gulf of the Poets. Many of the country’s most iconic trails are situated in the region and the temperate climate, ample opportunities for walking, relaxing and sampling delicious food and wine, make this trip a great introduction to Italy. Dates & Price Guide

START

END

16 May 06 Jun 27 Jun 22 Aug 12 Sep 03 Oct

Activity Level

MODERATE

TEH

Trip Code At a Glance

• 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Low altitude throughout • Moderate fitness is required • Group normally 4 to 15 , plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights 3-star hotel, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 2 lunches, 1 dinner and 1 wine tasting included

Itinerary - Day by Day

Walking in Puglia & Basilicata 6

23 May 13 Jun 04 Jul 29 Aug 19 Sep 10 Oct

4 Walk on the Portofino peninsula and explore the world renowned village of Portofino itself.

Rapallo Chiavari Santa Margherita Ligure Portofino

Moneglia

ITALY LIGURIA

5 Free day to relax, take optional walks, try kayaking or visit nearby Lucca or Genoa. Ap

6 Transfer to Rapallo by train, take the cable car up Montallegro for fantastic views and walk down to Chiavari; afternoon winetasting.

nin

Framura

7 Return to the Cinque Terre area for an alternative walk along the glorious coastline and through colourful villages.

La Spezia

8 End Moneglia.

Cinque Terre

Ligurian Sea

ACCOMMODATION

Pisa

Piccolo Hotel *** This family-run hotel is ideally located a few metres from the seafront, and the bars and restaurants of the pretty town. All rooms are en suite and facilities include an indoor pool, sun terrace and restaurant.

13 12 14

6 7

9 10

Activity Level

In the heart of the Mediterranean lie Puglia and Basilicata, two unique and still largely undiscovered regions of Italy nestled between the emerald waters of the Adriatic and Tyrrhenian seas. This trip gives us the chance to explore the very best these Italian gems have to offer, from the fairytale Trulli houses of the lush Itria valley and the white hilltop town of Ostuni, to the rock churches and caves of the beautiful city of Matera. Aside from the perfect mix of cultural discovery and gentle walking, we will have the chance to sample the legendary local cuisine and delicious wines that make this region a true food lovers' paradise.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

18 Apr 02 May 16 May 13 Jun 04 Jul 12 Sep 26 Sep 17 Oct 07 Nov

TEV

At a Glance • 5 days guided gentle walking; 1 free day • Low altitude throughout • Some easy ascents and descents • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights in comfortable 3-star hotels, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 1 wine tasting and 1 dinner included

2 Walk over the rolling hills of the idyllic Itria Valley, dotted with olive trees, vineyards and trulli; visit Locorotondo, one of the most beautiful villages in Italy renowned for its superb wine.

25 Apr 09 May 23 May 20 Jun 11 Jul 19 Sep 03 Oct 24 Oct 14 Nov

3 Free day; optional activities include visiting Lecce, the coastal village of Polignano, or the famous Castellana Caves. 4 Morning visit to the white city of Ostuni; afternoon walk through olive groves and vineyards overlooking the Adriatic; visit Agnano Archaeological Park and overnight stay in a typical renovated farmhouse.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Optional single supplement $380

5 Morning walk from the farmhouse to the coast; free time at the beach and transfer to the UNESCO town of Matera.

walking areas

Bari

60 km

ACCOMMODATION

Adriatic Sea

ITALY Alberobello

BASILICATA

Ostuni

PUGLIA

Lecce

Gulf of Taranto

P Premium F departure

2 LEISURELY/MODERATE

1 Start Alberobello

END

Matera

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

2015

3 Take the train to Cinque Terre N.P; walk the stunning paths to some of Liguria's prettiest villages.

Genoa

Explore idyllic countryside on foot l Visit Matera and Alberobello l Enjoy legendary regional cuisine

START

2 Follow coastal trail from Moneglia to villages of Deiva Marina and Framura.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Optional single supplement $560

1 Start Moneglia. 2015

$1710

The famous trulli houses of Alberobello, Puglia

Italy

Walks of the Cinque Terre & Portofino

EUROPE • ITALY

8 days land only

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

All hotels on this trip have been specially selected for their location, character and comfort. We stay in renovated traditional buildings which give a real taste of the typical Apullian architecture. In Alberobello we stay in a hotel offering en suite rooms and a lovely outdoor swimming pool. In Ostuni we spend one night in a typical Masseria (a traditional farmhouse) surrounded by olive groves and overlooking the sea. In Matera we stay in tastefully renovated cavelike rooms in the heart of the historic Sassi district.

6 Walk from Matera along a scenic canyon trail while exploring prehistoric caves and rock churches; transfer and overnight in Matera. 7 Visit Matera's Rock Churches Park; guided walk in Matera and its marvellous ‘Sassi’ district. Here we will enjoy a tasting session of a selection of the delicious produce from the region. 8 End Matera.

Daily Distance (km) 2 4 5

12 9 12

6 7

14 5

from

8 days land only

$1620

from

Cala Luna, Sardinia

Italy

Walking in Sardinia

Pristine nature and rugged mountains l Stunning beaches and turquoise sea l Warm hospitality

Activity Level

With its stark beauty, crystal clear waters, golden beaches and undulating limestone ridges, it's easy to see why Sardinia is considered one of the Mediterranean's finest gems. Based in the Dorgali area, we explore on foot the idyllic forest-framed coastline of the north and the rugged rocky mountains of the south, walking through valleys, gorges, peaks and spectacular turquoise bays. In addition to its serene natural beauty, Sardinia is also a place of great historic interest and during the week we have the chance to visit the famous monolithic monuments built by the Nuraghi, one of the main prehistoric Mediterranean civilizations.

Trip Code

3 MODERATE

TES

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Altitude maximum 1400m, average 800m • Reasonable level of fitness required • Group normally 6 to 16 plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights hotel, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 5 lunches, 5 dinners and 1 wine tasting included

3 Explore Nuraghic village of Serra Orrios, with its complex of circular huts dating back to the Bronze Age; relax on an idyllic sandy beach. 4 Visit Gorroppu Gorge, Italy's deepest natural canyon; free time to swim in clear waters of Cala Cartoe (seasonal); wine tasting.

• Optional single supplement $180

Dorgali Monte Corrasi

Cala di Luna Gulf of Orosei

Gorroppu Gorge

SARDINIA

Tyrrhenian Sea

Cagliari 20

ACCOMMODATION

Hotel S'Adde ***

ITALY

5 Free day; explore the archaeological sites of the Dorgali region, take an optional self-guided walk or simply relax by the beach and enjoy the leisurely Sardinian lifestyle.

Cala Gonone

60 km

This comfortable 3-star family-run hotel is within walking distance from the town of Dorgali, located in the beautiful Gulf of Orosei. The small agricultural town is famous for its crafts and ceramics and offers a wide choice of shops, restaurants and bars. All rooms in the hotel are en suite and the lively restaurant offers a range of delicious Sardinian specialities popular with guests and locals alike.

Sicilian Volcanoes 6

Trip Code

END

START

END

05 Apr 19 Apr 03 May 10 May 17 May 24 May 31 May 14 Jun 26 Jul

30 Aug 13 Sep 20 Sep 27 Sep 04 Oct 11 Oct 18 Oct P 25 F Oct

06 Sep 20 Sep 27 Sep 04 Oct 11 Oct 18 Oct 25 Oct 01 Nov

P F

6 Hydrofoil ride to Milazzo and transfer to our comfortable mountain hut on Mt Etna's southern slope. AEOLIAN ISLANDS

Lipari Vulcano Milazzo

Straits of Messina

Mt Etna

ITALY SICILY

P Premium F departure

• 5 days guided walking; 1 free day • Altitude maximum 3350m, average 800m • Optional climbs on Stromboli and Mt Etna • Group normally 3 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 4 nights apartments; 2 nights hotels and 1 night comfortable mountain lodge • All breakfasts and 4 dinners included

5 Hydrofoil to Stromboli; optional guided excursion to Stromboli summit or sunset walk to see 'Sciara del Fucco’.

VOLCANIC ACTIVITY

At a Glance

4 Free day for optional west coast walk, boat trip or relaxation on the local beach.

Stromboli

TEL

3 Hydrofoil to Vulcano and trek to the crater; free afternoon for bathing in Vulcano's hot springs and mud baths.

• Optional single supplement $380Limited availabilty

10 10

2 Morning walk to Lipari's north coast and up to Mt Pilatus for wonderful views over extensive pumice quarries; visit Lipari old town; Sicilian food and wine evening.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

Daily Distance (km)

4 MODERATE/CHALLENGING

1 Start Catania Airport.

2015 29 Mar 12 Apr 26 Apr 03 May 10 May 17 May 24 May 07 Jun 19 Jul

Itinerary - Day by Day

8 End Dorgali.

6 7

Striking active volcanoes, black sand beaches, thermal springs and a stunning cobalt sea make the Aeolians Islands a unique must-see destination. Exploring the varied landscape by boat and on foot is without doubt the best way to take in the natural beauty and contrasts of this part of Sicily. During the week we trek on three of the best islands in the archipelago: Lipari, with its archaeological ruins and lively harbour, Vulcano, with its craters and vents of volcanic gas and Stromboli, where the challenging walk is rewarded by dramatic views of its explosive activity. On the mainland we trek on the famous Mount Etna (3350m), the highest and most active volcano in Europe.

7 Explore the caves and cliffs on walk to the beach of Cala Luna; free afternoon.

11 10 13

Activity Level

6 Walk around the pre-historic Tiscali Village, built inside a cave; visit the springs of Su Cologone.

2 3 4

Walk on imposing Mt Etna l See Stromboli's volcanic activity l Discover picturesque villages

START

2 Orientation walk through a maze of old paths around Monte Tului with beautiful views of the Gulf of Orosei.

09 May 16 May 16 May 23 May 23 May 30 May 05 Sep 12 Sep 12 Sep 19 Sep Olbia 19 Sep 26 Sep Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

Dates & Price Guide

1 Start Dorgali.

END

2015

Itinerary - Day by Day

Dates & Price Guide

Serra Orrios

$1710

Aerial view of Stromboli in the Aeolian Islands

Italy

START

EUROPE • ITALY

8 days land only

Catania 60 km

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

Etna and Stromboli are two of the most active volcanoes in the world. On this trip the chances of seeing the breathtaking volcanic activity are very high, especially on Stromboli. Here energetic eruptions of incandescent volcanic bombs, ash and lava can normally be observed from very close range at intervals ranging from minutes to hours. Unlike Stromboli, Etna's activity is mainly effusive and lava flows and smoke - rather than explosions - are prevalent.

7 Great walk on the southern side of Mt Etna; optional 4WD and trek to crater. Private transfer to Catania and short orientation tour of the city. 8 End Catania.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 5

7 8 9

6 7

5 9

8 days land only

$1680

from

Santiago de Compostela Cathedral

Spain

8 days land only

$1300

Walking in Sierra de las Mamblas

Follow the Way of St James l Walk through rolling countryside

Follow historic pilgrim routes l Visit ancient villages and towns

The Camino de Santiago de Compostela is one of the world's oldest pilgrimage routes; travellers have made their way across northern Spain to Santiago on what is also known as 'The Way of St James' for over 1000 years. The way is marked by the symbol of the scallop shell, typically found on the Galician shores, and a great tradition of the route is to obtain the 'compostela', a certificate of accomplishment given to pilgrims upon completing the way, gained by walking at least 100km of the route, which we will do on this trip.

The undiscovered lands of Old Castile, one of the historic mediaeval kingdoms of Spain, encompass an incredibly varied landscape where high plains and fertile valleys alternate with rugged hills, dramatic windy ridges and deep wooded gorges. Here, in the heart of the nation's gone but remembered glory and power, we venture on a fantastic journey during which we walk secret pilgrims' routes, explore a rich mediaeval heritage and enjoy the typical warm Spanish hospitality.

Activity Level

1 Start Samos.

4 Uphill to the village of Ventas de Naron and on to Palas de Rei. 5 Walk to the town of Melide, renowned for its octopus with potatoes, and on to Arzua, famous for its cheeses. 6 Meet many more pilgrims on final section to Pedruozo. 7 Walk to Santiago de Compostela.

29 19 20

GALICIA

7 Walk along the crest of the Sierra de las Mamblas. 8 End Covarrubias.

02 May 16 May 30 May 05 Sep 19 Sep

10 May 24 May 07 Jun 13 Sep 27 Sep

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

Burgos P F

CASTILLA Y LEON er

las

Peña la Torca

MODERATE

TSR

Trip Code At a Glance

• 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Altitude max 1278m, average 1000m • Group normally 4 to 16 , plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights in a traditional Spanish family-run hotel • All breakfasts and 7 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide START

END

4 10

Activity Level

The Picos de Europa, Spain's third highest mountain range, is a region of dramatic limestone peaks and lush valleys. Carpeted in beautiful wild flowers in spring, this area is also known as 'Green Spain'. Its terrain, tranquillity and inaccessibility make the Picos a walker's paradise. Here chamois, Griffon vultures, Golden eagles and many other species are regularly spotted, and, although rare, bears, wolves and boars still survive in this incredible wilderness. Thanks to the wonderful variety of walks 8available in9the area, some more challenging walking as 6 7 10 well as selected family departures are available on certain dates.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

•

Itinerary - Day by Day

START

END

25 Jul# P F 01 Aug* 15 Aug* P 22 F Aug 05 Sep# 12 Sep P 19 F Sep 03 Oct# 17 Oct 24 Oct

01 Aug 08 Aug 22 Aug 29 Aug 12 Sep 19 Sep 26 Sep 10 Oct 24 Oct 31 Oct

END

28 Mar# 04 Apr* 18 Apr 02 May 09 May 23 May 30 May 13 Jun# 20 Jun 04 Jul

04 Apr 11 Apr 25 Apr 09 May 16 May 30 May 06 Jun 20 Jun 27 Jun 11 Jul

bla

2 3 4

17 14 15

5 7

ASTURIAS

Arenas de Cabrales

Pic

Tielve Peña Main Macondiu

Cain Torre de Cerredo

Samos

P Premium F departure

from/to Bilbao Juan Robre

Pandescura Cares Gorge

walking

SPAIN

Naranjo de Bulnes

rop

CANTABRIA

P Fdeparture P Solo

TSQ

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Altitude maximum 2214m, average 1500m • Reasonable fitness required • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • Special family and challenging departures available • 7 nights, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 5 lunches and 6 dinners included

4 Classic Cares Gorge walk, one of the most popular walks in Spain. 5 Free day. Optional activities include caving, canoeing, canyoning or a trip to the coast. 6 Walk to Pandebano Col and continue to summit of Peña Mainone for classic Picos views.

Hotel Torrecerredo f Bisc

16 18

3 Ascent of Pandescura with superb views of Western Massif.

P F

ACCOMMODATION

Bay o

• Optional single supplement $180 • *Best for spring flowers

3 MODERATE

2 Walk to summit of Juan Robre through a varied landscape made of high pastures, wild peaks and limestone outcrops.

P F P F

• Optional single supplement $270 • *Family departure (parents with children only - min. age 12) • #Challenging week - see Trip Notes

09 May 30 May 10 Oct 24 Oct

1 Start Arenas de Cabrales.

2015

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

2015 02 May 23 May 03 Oct 17 Oct

Daily Distance (km)

Muela

Covarrubias Rio Arlanza

3 9

Hike dramatic peaks and gorges l Spot Griffon vultures and eagles l Enjoy warm hospitality

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

SPAIN

7 Activity Level 8

Santa Domingo de Silos

Sarria

Santiago de Arzua Compostela Portomarin

6 Free day to relax or visit Burgos and its many sights

Puentedura Castroceniza

SPAIN Palas de Rei

5 Walk through vineyards and beautiful valleys to the 'The Three Villages'.

END

• Optional single supplement $300

La Coruña

4 Beautiful walk from Rio Arlanza to Santo Domingo de Silos.

2015

Daily Distance (km) 5 6 7

3 Full-day circular walk: Circuit of Muela.

• 6 days point-to-point walking; 1 free day • Low altitude throughout • Luggage transported • Group normally 5 to 16, plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 8 nights in 2 and 3-star hotels and pensions, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts included

START

9 End Santiago de Compostela.

23 25

2 Circular walk in the Valles de Ura, home to numerous species of local flora and fauna.

TSO

Dates & Price Guide

8 Free day in Santiago de Compostela.

1 Start Covarrubias.

MODERATE

At a Glance

3 Walk through the rolling hills of the Galician countryside to Portomarin.

2 3 4

Itinerary - Day by Day 6 4 5

Trip Code

2 To Sarria walking through ancient oak forests and quaint villages.

View of the Picos de Europa, Spain

Walking the Picos de Europa

Secret Trails of Mediaeval Spain

$1330

Spain

Camino de Santiago Trek

Itinerary - Day by Day

from

Spain

EUROPE • SPAIN

9 days land only

F Family departure

Torrecerredo is a small family-run hotel in Arenas the Cabrales. It has a pleasant garden terrace attached to the café bar and the panoramic restaurant gives views right up to the mountains peaks. All rooms have en suite facilities along with TV and WiFi. The hotel is situated in a rural setting, five minutes walk from the centre of the village, which is well serviced with banks, cafes and shops. The hotel's restaurant serves delicious traditional meals all cooked with local ingredients.

7 Hike to twin summits of Mancondiu offering fantastic views of the Central and Eastern Massifs. 8 End Arenas de Cabrales.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

10 12

6 7

11 21

CHALLENGING DEPARTURES

Our level 5 weeks feature longer walks on more challenging terrain. See Date and Price Guide for selected departures.

from

8 days land only

$1520

from

View of Zahara de la Sierra, Andalucia

Spain

Walking in Andalucia

Stay in an Andalusian farmhouse l Walk the Moorish white villages l Visit charming Seville

Activity Level

Outside the golden cultural triangle of Seville, Cordoba and Granada, the rural landscape of Andalucia is breathtaking and what better way to appreciate its diversity than on foot. Our walks take us through rugged hills, picturesque sunflowers fields, olive groves and the granite peaks of Sierra de Grazalema Natural Park. In this corner of Europe the excesses of modern life do not seem to have taken root and our home for the week is the perfect example: a rustic, homely cortijo in the heart of agricultural countryside. During the week, a whole day is reserved for exploring the magnificent city of Seville.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

START

END

28 Feb 14 Mar 28 Mar 11 Apr 18 Apr 02 May 16 May 23 May 06 Jun

06 Jun 20 Jun P 12 F Sep 26 Sep 03 Oct* 24 Oct P 31 F Oct 14 Nov 26 Dec

13 Jun 27 Jun 19 Sep 03 Oct 10 Oct 31 Oct 07 Nov 21 Nov 02 Jan

LEISURELY/MODERATE

TDS

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based walking • More challenging walks on certain dates • Altitude maximum 1256m, average 612m • Group normally 4 to 15, plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights in converted farmhouse with pool • All breakfasts, 5 lunches and 7 dinners included

P F

4 Visit Caños Santos Monastery; walk to Setenil, a unique 'Pueblo Blanco' with homes built into the side of a gorge.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

5 Introduction to the magnificent city of Seville with free time to explore.

• Optional single supplement $180 (limited availability) • *Moderate/Challenging departure - See Trip Notes • •

6 Walk the 'Pass of the Doves' through fantastic limestone scenery to the white village of Benaocaz.

ACCOMMODATION

Italica

uivir

dalq

ua io G

SPAIN

ANDALUCIA

Seville

Villanueva de San Juan Olvera Jerez

Cordoba

Cortijo Rosario

Grazalema Malaga Mediterranean Sea

Cortijo Rosario is a beautifully converted farmhouse reserved exclusively for Exodus groups. Situated in the heart of the romantic Andalusian countryside, the Cortijo overlooks the small village of Algamitas and is within reach of Seville and the charming town of Ronda. All rooms have en suite facilities and there is a bar, lounge, outdoor dining area as well as a lovely pool. Weather permitting, on most departures the catering team at the Cortijo will demonstrate how a true paella is made with the tricks you normally don't get from recipe books!

Sierra de Aitana Trek 5

7 At El Chorro Gorge, walk through spectacular scenery with views of the canyon, the massive Guadalhorce Dam and reservoir complex.

Daily Distance (km) 12 11

8 9

Trip Code

END

START

END

04 Jan 25 Jan 08 Feb*+ 01 Mar* 15 Mar* 29 Mar 19 Apr

11 Jan 01 Feb 15 Feb 08 Mar 22 Mar 05 Apr 26 Apr

10 May 27 Sep+ 11 Oct 25 Oct 08 Nov 22 Nov 13 Dec 2016

17 May 04 Oct 18 Oct 01 Nov 15 Nov 29 Nov 20 Dec

03 Jan 17 Jan 07 Feb* 28 Feb*

10 Jan 24 Jan 14 Feb 06 Mar

13 Mar* 27 Mar 17 Apr 08 May

20 Mar 03 Apr 24 Apr 15 May

• Some dates can be combined with trip ASB: see Trip Notes

Abdet Aitana

Our level 4 weeks feature longer walks on more challenging terrain. See Date and Price Guide for selected departures.

from/to Alicante

P Premium F departure

SPAIN Penya Alta Benimantell

walking

Penya Roc Puig Campana

Mediterranean Sea

Benidorm

MODERATE/CHALLENGING

TSA

At a Glance • 5 days guided walking; 1 free day • Some rocky paths and steep ascents/descents • Altitude maximum 1558m, average 1100m • Group normally 2 to 14, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 3 nights pension, 4 nights village guesthouse (bathrooms here are shared) • All breakfasts, 5 lunches and 6 dinners included (plus local wine with dinner)

1 Start village of Benimantell. 2 Walk up Penya Alta for fantastic views over Guadalest Valley; continue to Bolulla. 3 Climb Serrella Peak for vistas of the Aitana Range; descend via a magnificent gorge to Beniarda; visit a local olive oil factory. 4 Spectacular walk to Sella along the dramatic Simas Limestone Fissures; option to scale Aitana Peak.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $270 • +Itinerary operates in reverse • *Almond blossom season

Itinerary - Day by Day

2015

Sella

MODERATE/CHALLENGING DEPARTURES

Although close to the Costa Blanca, the dramatic Sierra de Aitana massif has remained a secret from all but a few discerning visitors. We follow traditional footpaths and mule tracks, mostly along ridge lines, giving us spectacular panoramic vistas, then descend to beautiful valleys with natural springs, dramatic limestone amphitheatres, and where castles dot distant hilltops. The rocky peaks and steep valleys which sweep down to the Mediterranean coast benefit from a warm climate for over 300 days of the year, making it an ideal location for out-of-season walking.

La Serrella

6 7

Activity Level

8 End Cortijo Rosario.

2 3 4

Dramatic ridges and rugged mountains l Stunning coastal views l Local wine with dinner

START

3 Walk a circuit around the impressive Peñon Crag; optional tapas lunch to soak up the Andalucian atmosphere.

P F

Dates & Price Guide

2 Gentle walk through rolling olive groves to neighbouring village of Villanueva de San Juan.

Cortijo Rosario

1 Start Cortijo Rosario.

2015 21 Feb 07 Mar* 21 Mar 04 Apr 11 Apr* 25 Apr 09 May 16 May 30 May*

$1520

Descending into the Barranc de la Canal Gorge

Spain

START

EUROPE • SPAIN

8 days land only

RESPONSIBLE TOURISM

Our local partner, José Miguel works to promote local walking-tourism development. He has cleared and way-marked many of the footpaths in the area (together with sites of cultural interest) for visitors. The accommodation we use on this trip has been chosen for its commitment to being eco-friendly. Most of the food provided is locally grown and the family-run pension in Benimantell produce their own olive oil.

5 Free day; discover Sella's hermitage (shrine) and water mill or head to the beach near colourful Villa Joiosa and visit the chocolate factory. 6 An enchanting walk passing the limestone needles of Penya Roc before walking through El Salt down to Barranc de Sanchet. 7 Summit Puig Campana (1410m) for panoramic views to the Costa Blanca and across the region. 8 End Sella.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

22 17 20

6 7

21 20

Villa Joiosa

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

from

8 days land only

$1490

from

Alhambra Palace

Spain

Sierra Nevada & Granada Activity Level

The Sierra Nevada is Europe's second highest mountain range and towers over southern Spain. Much of this dramatic landscape is a protected biosphere reserve, rich in wildlife and home to many endemic plant species. Here, and in the neighbouring Alpujarra region, we are rewarded with some of the finest walking in Andalucia; from ancient chestnut forests to lavender and broom-clad moorland and white-washed Moorish villages. We end the trip with a night in the city of Granada, home to the magnificent Alhambra Palace.

Trip Code

END

22 Mar 12 Apr 03 May 31 May 06 Sep 20 Sep 04 Oct

29 Mar 19 Apr 10 May 07 Jun 13 Sep 27 Sep 11 Oct

27 Mar 10 Apr 01 May 22 May

3 MODERATE

TSN

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Some short steep sections • Altitude maximum 2000m, average 1400m • Group normally 4 to 12, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 6 nights Hotel Los Berchules, 1 night Granada city centre hotel, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 4 lunches and 6 dinners included

P F

• Optional single supplement $50 (small rooms with limited view)

ACCOMMODATION

vada a Ne Mulhacen Sierr El Caballo

Eastern Alpujarras

Trevelez Juviles Nieles e lf a o

La Taha d

Gua

a Sierr

Berchules Cadiar

a avies

ntr

o de C

Motril

Mediterranean Sea

We spend our first six nights in the old rural town of Berchules, which retains much of its Moorish influence. Family-run Hotel Los Berchules offers comfortable en suite rooms (most with balconies) and boasts a spectacular location overlooking the Sierra Nevada. In summer we can enjoy the outdoor swimming pool and in winter there's a wood-burning fire in the café-bar to cosy down in front of. On the last night in Granada we stay in a city centre 3-star hotel within walking distance of all the sights.

Behind Mallorca's façade lies a tranquil and timeless landscape. Rising abruptly out of the island's interior are the craggy outcrops of the Tramuntana Mountains, over which birds of prey can often be seen soaring on the breeze. Following a network of established trails, we trek to some of the highest peaks and enjoy spectacular vistas to the Mediterranean. Elsewhere we discover picturesque hamlets complete with mediaeval churches and pass terraced hillsides adorned with sun-kissed citrus trees. In contrast, our coastal walks will reveal sleepy fishing marinas, secret coves and pebble bays.

Trip Code

3 Descend into Guadalfeo Valley to market town of Cadiar; climb through maquis to Juviles, site of Muslim 10th century castle. 4 Scenic walk from white village of Trevelez (the highest village in Spain at 1500m); return through working cortijos to see how the traditional way of life continues.

20 Mar 17 Apr 15 May

27 Mar 24 Apr 22 May

14 15 14

Galatzo

16 20

Palma

P Premium F departure

• 5½ days guided walking; 1 free afternoon • More challenging walks on certain dates • Low altitude throughout • Group normally 5 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 4 nights hotel and 3 nights monastery, usually en suite • All breakfasts, 4 picnic lunches (6 on level 5 weeks) and 1 dinner included

5 Leave Puerto Sóller along a coastal mule track to Cala Tuent; transfer to Lluc Monastery. 6 A wonderful circular walk around Muleta de Binifaldo, passing ancient oak forests. ACCOMMODATION

Puig Tomir

The first four nights are spent in Hotel Eden Nord in Puerto Sóller, a comfortable hotel within walking distance of the beach and which is equipped with en suite rooms, an outdoor swimming pool, sun terrace, bar and restaurant. For the remaining three nights we stay in beautiful Lluc Monastery. Although not a hotel, this historic 13th century building is set amidst tranquil countryside and offers excellent rooms (mostly en suite) and delicious food.

Lluc Monastery

Puig d'en Galileu Soller ana nt u am Tr rra

Valldemossa

5 6

At a Glance

4 Follow the 19th century Archduke's Bridleway from Valldemossa to 'S'Atalaia Vella'; afternoon free.

7 Free day in Granada and optional visit to the Alhambra Palace. Puerto Soller Deia

TST

3 Tram ride to Sóller; take the 'Pilgrim Steps' from Biniaraitx before ascending Es Cornadors.

• Optional single supplement $230 • *Challenging level walking: see Trip Notes • +Es Firo festival celebrated in Soller 11 May 2015

Balitx

2 Walk to picturesque Deia, stopping for a refreshing dip in Cala Deia en route.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

Cala Tuent

3 MODERATE

1 Start Puerto Sóller.

2016

8 End Granada.

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

15 Mar 12 Apr 17 May 27 Sep 11 Oct 01 Nov

Daily Distance (km)

Activity Level

08 Mar 05 Apr 10 May+ 20 Sep 04 Oct* 25 Oct

2 3 4

Secluded coves and rugged mountains l Tapas and Mallorquin cuisine l Falcons, Osprey and Vultures

6 Walk along Roman paths through La Taha to explore Moorish villages hidden in a deep gorge.

Granada

Walking in Mallorca

2015

5 Walk through a great variety of landscape, from moonscape to verdant, and pass through some tiny communities.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

START

2 Circular walk from the hotel door, walking along a stone-laid mule path with panoramic views.

03 Apr 17 Apr 08 May 29 May

Dates & Price Guide

1 Start Berchules.

2016

Itinerary - Day by Day

2015

Discover Moorish settlements l Walk in Spain's highest sierra l Full day in beautiful Granada

START

$1110

Mule track past Cala Tuent

Spain

Dates & Price Guide

EUROPE • SPAIN

8 days land only

MALLORCA

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

7 Ascent of Puig d'en Galileu (1181m), one of the island's highest peaks. 8 End Lluc.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

12 16 7

5 6 7

11 10 9

CHALLENGING DEPARTURES

Our level 5 weeks feature longer walks on more challenging terrain. See Date and Price Guide for selected departures.

from

8 days land only

$1950

from

$2190

Ponta de Sao Lourenco walks

Sete Cidades

Portugal

Walking in Madeira

Walk the levadas l Stunning coastal views l Abundance of flora and fauna

Activity Level

During the course of this week you will have the opportunity to walk through the wild and varied scenery of Madeira, from gentle strolls along flower-lined levadas and spectacular coastal footpaths to more demanding forays amongst the jagged ridges and peaks of the rugged volcanic interior. There is plenty of time to relax by the sea in the fishing village of Machico and discover the historical importance of Funchal, an old trade centre famous for exporting sugar and wine to the Indies and the New World.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

14 Feb 21 Feb 07 Mar 21 Mar 04 Apr 25 Apr 23 May 29 Aug# 19 Sep 26 Sep 24 Oct 26 Dec

3 MODERATE

TSD

At a Glance • 5 days point-to-point walking, 1 free day • Altitude maximum 1862m, average 750m • Not suitable for vertigo sufferers • Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights 3 and 4-star hotels/pensions, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts included

Walking in the Azores 6

2 Walk along Ponta de Sao Lourenco, where rocks ranging from black to red hues contrast starkly with the blue of the ocean. 3 Spectacular walk along the north coast path to the sleepy fishing village of Porto da Cruz.

5 Early departure for sunrise at Achada do Teixeira; ascend the island’s highest mountain, Pico Ruivo; follow a stone staircase down to Encumeada.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $280 • #Wine Harvest festival

Encumeada Curral das Freiras trekking

Pico Ruivo

Funchal

Ponta de Sao Lourenco

Machico

PREMIUM

ACCOMMODATION

We use a mixture of 3 and 4-star hotels and pensions, all of which are good quality, comfortable, and offer en suite facilities. All have been chosen for their locations with either proximity to local amenities or in quiet countryside. Although the pension is simpler, it is set in a beautiful forest and offers breathtaking views. Three of the hotels have swimming pools.

It is hard to believe that the Azores are part of Europe. Born from the immensity of the Atlantic Ocean, this lush, green, volcanic archipelago is a far cry from its mainland government of Portugal. Be it pocked with steep craters, a haven for wildlife or a place of historic interest, each of the nine islands is unique and ideally explored on foot. We visit the very best that these islands have to offer, walking through UNESCO vineyards, lava plateaux (or 'fajas') and sunken volcanoes.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide END

23 May 06 Jun 11 Jul 22 Aug 05 Sep

F F F F F

8 12 12

16 12

TSZ

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Walking on tracks and paths, some are uneven • Altitude maximum 2351m (on optional ascent of Mt. Pico), average 500m • Group normally 4 to 14, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights hotels, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 5 lunches included

2 Morning flight to Pico; walk through UNESCO heritage site of the Santa Luzia Vineyards; afternoon wine tasting. 3 Ferry to Sao Jorge; trek to explore the Faja dos Cubres; evening return to Faial.

• Optional single supplement $480 (July, Aug & Sep $720)

4 Free day to climb Mt Pico, half-day whale watching excursion or swim with dolphins, sharks and manta rays. 5 Trek from Trupes do Capelo to the Capelinhos volcano; visit to scrimshaw museum; evening flight to Sao Miguel.

Graciosa

Sao Jorge

Faja dos Cubres Santa Luiza

Faial Horta

Pico

Terceira

AZORES

6 Morning transfer to Praia; trek to Lagoa do Fogo; afternoon visit to Sete Cidades to the Vista do Rei. Sete Cidades

Sao Miguel

Ponta Delgada

Lagoa do Fogo

Daily Distance (km) 5 6

3 MODERATE

1 Start Ponta Delgada.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

8 End Funchal.

2 3 4

Itinerary - Day by Day P P P P P

30 May 13 Jun 18 Jul 29 Aug 12 Sep

7 Free day to visit the bustling ‘Mercado dos Lavradores’ (workers’ market), Sé Cathedral or for wine tasting in Madeira’s Wine Lodge.

Daily Distance (km)

Activity Level

6 High level walk through beautiful chestnut and eucalyptus woods to Curral das Freiras; panoramic local bus ride to Funchal. Porto da Cruz

4 Transfer to Queimadas; walk along Levada do Caldeirão Verde to the remote village of Ilha.

P F

Santana Ilha

2015

1 Start Machico. P F

Four unique islands l Vineyards, volcanoes and hot springs l Walk around tranquil Lagoa do Fogo

Itinerary - Day by Day

21 Feb 28 Feb 14 Mar 28 Mar 11 Apr 02 May 30 May 05 Sep 26 Sep 03 Oct 31 Oct 02 Jan

MADEIRA

START

END

2015

EUROPE • PORTUGAL

8 days land only

2 3 5

9 10

6 7

12 11

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

ACCOMMODATION

7 Walk around Lake Furnas; afternoon visit to Terra Nostra Botanical Gardens and tea plantations.

During the week our nights are split between two fantastic 4-star hotels. In the heart of Ponta Delgada is the Hotel Marina Atlantico. Right on the sea front, this new hotel is ideally located to explore the capital of the Azores and offers a modern twist in a traditional part of town. On Faial we use the excellent Hotel do Canal. Affording spectacular views towards the neighbouring island of Pico, this modern hotel sits just 100 metres from the harbour and is the perfect place to relax after a days walking.

8 End Ponta Delgada.

“The Azores are an unknown quantity to most people, but I fell in love with the islands natural and unspoilt beauty.” Christopher Adams

from

8 days land only

$1450

from

$1430

Nearing the summit of Mt. Triglav

Lake Bled

Slovenia

Slovenia: Julian Alps Traverse

Activity Level

Little known outside Slovenia, the Julian Alps are the unsung mountain chain of Europe. Giant limestone peaks dramatically twist their way from the lush, verdant meadows of the valleys below, creating a unique landscape that Slovenians are proud to call their own. This trip encompasses all the very best of this special mountain range, with an opportunity to reach the summit of Mount Triglav, which rewards with views to Austria, Italy and Croatia. This trip is hut-to-hut, but we will only need to carry our personal gear, as the mountain huts are fully catered.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

2015

18 Jul 01 Aug 22 Aug 29 Aug

25 Jul 08 Aug 29 Aug 05 Sep

P F

• Optional single supplement $130 (2 hotel nights only)

Kara

Julian Alps

Triglav Lakes Komni

vank

Lake Blejska Bohinj Koca Vogel

CHALLENGING

TVJ

At a Glance • 6 days point-to-point walking • 5 days light backpacking • Altitude maximum 2864m, average 2000m • Group normally 6 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 18 yrs • 2 nights hotel with en suite rooms. 5 nights mountain huts with shared facilities

Lakes & Mountains of Slovenia 8

Bled Lake Bled

trekking huts

ACCOMMODATION from/to Ljubljana

Our mountain accommodation varies in levels of comfort. However, all are clean and comfortable dormitory style rooms, with bedding provided. Although basic, the huts offer a warm welcome and hearty food. Our hotel in Bled is a modern 3-star property, with en suite rooms and is in an excellent location minutes from the shores of the lake.

Activity Level

The Julian Alps are the most easterly extension of the great Alpine Range. The jagged limestone peaks hold some of Europe's best scenery and walking, with Mount Triglav (the highest in Slovenia) at the centre of the range, and the glacial lakes of Bohinj and Bled far below. For this centre-based trip we stay a few kilometres from Bled in the mediaeval village of Radovljica. During the week we will enjoy five varied walks, both inside the national park and on the more distant peaks of the Karavanke Range, which forms the border with Austria. As the lower slopes are mainly wooded, many of the walks take us to higher ridges or peaks for excellent views of the Slovenian countryside.

Trip Code

1 Start Bled.

Dates & Price Guide

2 Warm-up walk in the Karavanke Mountains.

START

06 Jun 11 Jul 22 Aug 05 Sep

12 14 12

5 6 7

• 5 days centre-based walking, 1 free day • Well graded paths, some loose stones underfoot • Altitude maximum 1835m, average 1000m • Group normally 6 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights pension with en suite facilities • All breakfasts and 3 dinners included

Itinerary - Day by Day

6 Gentle, but pretty hike around the shores of Lake Bohinj.

e Julian Alps Sava Range Debela Bled Pec Radovljica Triglav Lake Bohinj

SLOVENIA

P Premium F departure

At a Glance

5 Free day for optional activities including horse-riding, rafting, visiting Bled or the capital Ljubljana.

7 Day walking on the Pokljuka Plateau (1300m)

vank

10 12 10

TVL

4 Picturesque walk in the Karavanke Mountain Range bordering Slovenia and Austria, to the peak of Golica (1835m).

Kara

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

P F

Vogel

3 From the village of Gozd Martuljek, we hike into the Martuljek Gorge, visiting two stunning waterfalls along the route.

13 Jun 18 Jul 29 Aug 12 Sep

AUSTRIA

3 MODERATE

2 A day exploring the local area direct from our door.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $270

ITALY

1 Start Radovljica.

END

2015

7 Final day trekking east along ridge towards the peak of Brda (2009m). Transfer back to Bled, with time to stroll around the picturesque lake. 8 End Bled.

Walk in the heart of the Julian Alps l Visit the picturesque Pokljuka Plateau l Traditional alpine pension

6 Follow mountain trails offering panoramas of the whole Julian Alps before arriving on Pokljuka Plateau and Blejska Koca Hut (1630m).

Ran

Laski Rovt

SLOVENIA

5 Excellent trekking through the heart of the Julian Alps followed by climb of Mount Triglav (2864m).

Debela Triglav Kredarica Pec

Hribarice

4 Walk through valley of the Seven Triglav Lakes, heading towards the more rocky terrain of Hribarice.

AUSTRIA ITALY

3 Transfer to Lake Bohinj and the Triglav National Park passing a traditional mountain settlement. Trek overlooking a stunning glacial lake.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

Slovenia

Trek spectacular, challenging scenery l Ascend Mount Triglav l Relax in the lakeside town of Bled

START

EUROPE • SLOVENIA

8 days land only

P Fdeparture P Solo

Lake Bled

from/to Ljubljana

F Family departure

ACCOMMODATION

Pension Kunstelj Dating back to the 15th century, our base for the week is the pretty historic town of Radovljica, located at the confluence of the Sava Bohinjka and the Sava Dolink Rivers. Panoramic views of the surrounding peaks can be enjoyed from Pension Kunstelj's sunny terrace, where we will take breakfast and dinner each day. The en suite rooms are simply furnished, some with balconies or set overlooking the gardens.

8 End Radovljica.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

14 12 14

6 7

12 12

from

9 days land only

$1520

from

The UNESCO city of Dubrovnik

Trekking in the Sutjeska National Park

Croatia

Croatia, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Montenegro

Croatia: Islands & Mountains

Idyllic coastal and mountain paths l UNESCO town of Dubrovnik l Spectacular national parks

Activity Level

Enjoy the very best of Croatia, the coast and islands, the beautiful towns and near-perfect national parks. Starting in the fascinating UNESCO city of Dubrovnik, we begin our journey up the coast. The crystal clear sea will form the backdrop for many of our early walks, followed by the peaceful sound of waterfalls as we head into the national parks of Paklenica and Krka. Here we will have a chance to bathe in the Skradinski buk waterfalls and enjoy walks around the Paklenica Gorge.

Trip Code

3 MODERATE

TVD

At a Glance • 6 days walking with vehicle support • Luggage transported in private vehicle • Altitude maximum 930m, average 583m • Group normally 4 to 16 plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights in 2 and 3-star hotels, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts included

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

2015

23 May 30 May 06 Jun 20 Jun 29 Aug 05 Sep 19 Sep

Walking in Bosnia & Herzegovina 6

3 Transfer up the coast to the Biokovo massif; walk above the town of Makarska; transfer to Bol on the Island of Brac.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

4 Climb Vidova Gora for views over Bol and Zlatni Rat, the Golden Beach; afternoon to relax on the beach.

• Optional single supplement $270

Velika Paklenica N.P.

Zadar Krka N.P.

Split Brac

Bol

BOSNIA

Makarska

walking areas

Adriatic Sea

Activity Level

Bosnia & Herzegovina is a beautiful country with swathes of rugged wilderness. The Sutjeska National Park is one such area and boasts one of Europe's last primeval forests, as well as the mighty Durmitor Mountains. This itinerary includes all the essential elements: ascending Bosnia's highest peak, Maglic Mountain, passing hidden waterfalls and glacial lakes and heading into the Perucica Forest. The trip also includes time for sightseeing in the beautiful cities of Dubrovnik, in Croatia, and Sarajevo and Mostar.

Trip Code

MODERATE/CHALLENGING

TVH

At a Glance • 5 days point-to point and circular walks • Full porterage throughout • Altitude maximum 2386m, average 1880m • Group normally 5 to 15, plus leaders. Min age 16 yrs • 8 nights hotels, all with en suite facilities • All breakfasts, 5 picnic lunches and 4 dinners included

Dubrovnik

Mhanici

“We had a wonderful time, met some lovely people, saw some fantastic places, and enjoyed Croatia immensely.”

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

5 Catch the ferry to Split and enjoy a couple of hours exploring the old town before transferring to Krka N.P.; bathe in the Skradinski buk waterfalls. 6 Velika Paklenica N.P. Gorge walk via the Mirila Graves and Tomici Village. 7 Another day in the wonderful wilderness of Paklenica N.P.; walk to a meadow beneath Bojin Kuk peak before returning to Starigrad Paklenica for the evening.

18 Jun 16 Jul 30 Jul 13 Aug 27 Aug 10 Sep

1 Start Dubrovnik.

26 Jun 24 Jul 07 Aug 21 Aug 04 Sep 18 Sep

2 Transfer to Sutjeska N.P. Walk to Donje Bare Lake, then through beech forest to summit of Ugljesin Peak (1858m), with magnificent views of the Zelengora peaks. 3 Peaceful walk through the ancient beech and spruce forest of Perucica.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $200

4 Ascent of Maglic Mountain (2386m); walk over the border to Trnovacko Lake in Montenegro before returning to the hotel.

walking areas

Bjelasnica

Trebinje

Sutjeska N.P. Maglic

MONTENEGRO

Dubrovnik

8 Bus transfer to Zadar airport; end Zadar.

CROATIA

Adriatic Sea

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

7 11 13

5 6 7

4 12 12

P Premium F departure

6 Walk in the Bjelasnica mountains with time to explore Lukomir, Bosnia's highest village (1469m).

SERBIA

Lukomir Mostar

5 Transfer to Sarajevo; city tour and free time to explore.

Sarajevo

BOSNIA

Lynda Pritchard

Primeval forests l Bosnia's highest peak l Beautiful Dubrovnik, Sarajevo and Mostar

2015

2 Transfer to the village of Gornji Obod, walk the Roland Brown Path to the village of Velji Do; return to Dubrovnik for a free afternoon.

P F

CROATIA

START

1 Start Dubrovnik.

30 May 06 Jun 13 Jun 27 Jun 05 Sep 12 Sep 26 Sep

Starigrad

Dates & Price Guide

Dates & Price Guide START

$2000

EUROPE • CROATIA, BOSNIA & HERZEGOVINA, MONTENEGRO

EUROPE • CROATIA

8 days land only

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

ACCOMMODATION

Accommodation on this trip is en suite and conveniently located so you can explore the local area in your free time. It ranges from relatively simple accommodation in the Sutjeska Park to the Hotel Hecco in Sarajevo, in the old oriental trading quarter of the city. The accommodation in Dubrovnik is only 300m from the main beach and a short bus ride away from the historic drawbridge and the narrow, charming streets of the walled city.

7 Half day walk through the beautiful Rakitnica Canyon, or optional rafting along the Neretva River; transfer to Mostar. 8 Morning in Mostar, visit famous Old Bridge; afternoon transfer to Dubrovnik. 9 End Dubrovnik.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

6 7

7 8

from

8 days land only

$1330

Descending from the Malyovitsa Ridge

Bulgaria

Romania

Carpathian Walking & Bears

Ascend Bulgaria's two highest peaks l Visit Rila Monastery

Trek spectacular mountain landscapes l Admire traditional architecture

The south-western region of Bulgaria is dominated by the Pirin and Rila Mountain ranges providing the perfect terrain for a week of challenging walking. Here we trek through ancient forests of pine, across glacial moraines and attempt the ascent of two of the regions highest peaks; Vihren and Musala. The UNESCO World Heritage listed Rila Monastery built in the 10th century is another highlight, along with some free time in the historic capital, Sofia.

The Rodopi Mountains are a wonderfully remote and beautful region of southern Bulgaria. They are a place of solitude and simplicity, where you are more likely to encounter wild animals than other walkers. We will pass through a variety of landscapes of ancient coniferous forest, rugged limestone gorges and pass remote timeless villages where we will experience the traditional rural way of life. The mountains offer a refuge for many rare plants, as well as brown bears, wolves, wild cats and bird life.

1 Start Bansko. 2/3 Two daywalks in the Pirin Mountains, including an ascent of Mt Vihren (2914m). 4 Transfer to Rila Monastery, walk in surrounding forests. 5 Hike across the Rila Mountains to the Malyovista region. 6 Ascent of Mt Malyovitsa (2729m). 7 Ascent of Mt Musala (2925m); transfer to Sofia. 8 End Sofia.

Activity Level

CHALLENGING

TVB

Trip Code At a Glance

• 6 days walking with light backpacking • Reasonable level of fitness required • Altitude max 2925m, average 2000m • Group normally 5 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 18 yrs • 7 nights hotels, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 6 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide START

END

2015

trekking Malyovitsa

Govedartsi

04 Jul 11 Jul 18 Jul 25 Jul 01 Aug 08 Aug 29 Aug 05 Sep Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Single rooms not available

BULGARIA

Daily Distance (km) 2 15 3 8 4 4

5 6 7

12 12

1 Start Sofia; transfer to Yagodina. 2 Walk along the flank of Buinovo Gorge, then continue through the Kastrakli Nature Reserve. 3 Walk from Zmeitsa along route of ancient Roman road through meadows, forests and fields to the Buinovo Gorge. 4 Walk along the Chairska Gorge; cross the Trigrad Plateau and visit the Devil's Throat Cave. 5 Walk around Mt Durdaga through a variety of habitats with rich flora and fauna. 6 Ascend Mt Sveti Iliya (1508m) for panoramic views over Yagodina and most of the Rodopi Mountains; visit the Yagodina Cave. 7 Follow ancient trackway via forests and over rocky outcrops into the Buinovo Gorge; drive to Devin for riverside walk along the picturesque valley of the Devinska Reka; transfer to Sofia.

MODERATE

TDB

Trip Code At a Glance

• 6 days centre-based walking • Altitude max 1600m, average 1350m • Group normally 5 to 16 plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights hotels, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 7 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide START

END

2015

09 May 13 Jun 25 Jul 22 Aug 12 Sep

12 13 15

Activity Level

History and geography conspired to make Transylvania one of Europe's most beautifully wild and fascinating regions. For centuries the locals have existed in harmony with a variety of wildlife, including Europe's highest concentration of bears, wolves and lynx. Meanwhile, the dense forests have remained largely untouched. Our days are spent walking along mountain trails, through spectacular canyons, ancient forests and Saxon villages, encountering shepherds and horse-drawn carts. We go looking for bears and explore the mediaeval town 6 7 8 9 10 of Brasov as well as Bran castle, best known as the residence of Count Dracula.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

START END FLIGHT LAND START END INC ONLY

23 May 06 Jun 20 Jun 04 Jul 18 Jul

30 May 13 Jun 27 Jun 11 Jul 25 Jul

21 May 04 Jun 18 Jun 02 Jul 16 Jul

28 May 11 Jun 25 Jun 09 Jul 23 Jul

Bran Magura

Piatra Craiului Mountains

BULGARIA

16 Buinovo Gorge 20

60 km

5 Bucegi Massif's high alpine trail.

Carpathians Brasov

Bucegi Mountains

Bucharest

walking areas

4 Bear sanctuary, hike to Vulcan.

6 Dracula's Castle, Brasov; discover local birdlife. 7 Horse-drawn cart and hike through valleys and ridges, forests and meadows to Barza Fierului and Polana Marului. 8 End Bucharest.

We have the option to go in search of bears one evening. We are taken to a wooden hide in the forest from where there are good chances of spotting numerous Brown bears (though, as with all wildlife, there are no guarantees). This is organised by the park authorities and is paid for locally (£40).

Kastrakli Reserve

Daily Distance (km)

Mt Durdaga

2 10 3 15 4 8

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

• 5 days centre-based walking • Reasonable level of fitness required • Altitude maximum 2505m, average 1300m • Group normally 4 to 15, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights at the Villa Hermani • All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 6 dinners included

3 Hike through alpine pastures to Coja and Pestera.

BEAR HIDES

Transylvanian Alps

At a Glance

06 Aug 27 Aug 03 Sep 24 Sep 08 Oct

ROMANIA

F Family departure

WVR

2 Daywalk visiting Kalibash villages and bat cave. Evening bear watching (optional).

• Optional single supplement $210

• Optional single supplement $180

30 Jul 20 Aug 27 Aug 17 Sep 01 Oct

3 MODERATE

08 Aug 22 Aug 29 Aug 26 Sep 10 Oct

2016

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

12 13

01 Aug 15 Aug 22 Aug 19 Sep 03 Oct

1 Start Bucharest; transfer to guesthouse at the foot of the Carpathian Mountains.

FLIGHT LAND INC ONLY

2015

to/from Sofia

5 6 7

Explore one of Europe's last wildernesses l Observe bears close-up l Discover rich folklore

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

16 May 20 Jun 01 Aug 29 Aug 19 Sep

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

Activity Level

Itinerary - Day by Day

8 End Sofia. 22

$1480

Bran Castle

Bulgaria

Bulgaria: Rodopi Mountains

from

Views across the Rodopi Mountains

Bulgarian National Parks

Itinerary - Day by Day

8 days land only

$1240

from

EUROPE • ROMANIA

EUROPE • BULGARIA

8 days land only

5 12 7 20

“The countryside and wildlife are stunning, the people were friendly. The walking was varied and I loved Bran castle.” Katherine Burke, June 2014

from

9 days land only

$1430

from

The Albanian Alps

Poland, Slovakia

Walking in Albania

Rugged mountains and rural pastures l Visit Berat, 'City of Windows' l Traditional culture and folklore

Activity Level

This fascinating, lesser-known Mediterranean country has a wild and rugged landscape. Agricultural life has remained unchanged for decades and UNESCO World Heritage Sites reveal the diverse heritage of a hospitable nation. Our circular route is focussed mainly on the remote north of the country and encompasses the picturesque Theth and Valbonë regions of the Albanian Alps, where some of the best walking in the country can be found. A short visit to Kosovo, and time to discover historic Berat only add to the highlights.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide END

2015

16 Jun 07 Jul 18 Aug 01 Sep 15 Sep

24 Jun 15 Jul 26 Aug 09 Sep 23 Sep

TVZ

At a Glance • 3 full day walks, 4 half-day walks, 1 optional half-day walk with full porterage where necessary • Sightseeing in Prizren, Berat and Tirana • Altitude maximum 2090m, average 1250m • Group normally 5 to 16, plus local leader(s). Min age 16 yrs • 2 nights mountain guesthouse, 2 nights alpine hotel, 4 nights 3 or 4-star hotels • All breakfasts, 3 lunches and 4 dinners included

Trek the Polish High Tatras 6

Elbasan

ALBANIA walking areas

ACCOMMODATION

In Tirana we stay in a comfortable city centre hotel within walking distance of Skanderbeg Square. Accommodation in the mountains is in charming yet rustic guesthouses/alpine hotels; our two nights in Theth are in quad rooms with shared bathrooms. In Rubik and Berat we stay in 3-star hotels, and our last night in Ibe village is in a beautiful 4-star resort.

18 Jul 22 Aug 12 Sep 26 Sep

26 Jul 30 Aug 20 Sep 04 Oct

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

TVT

At a Glance • 6 days point-to-point trekking • Altitude maximum 2499m, average 1700m • Not recommended for severe vertigo sufferers • Group normally 4 to 16 plus local leader. Min age 18 yrs • 3 nights en suite pensions and 5 nights standard mountain huts • All breakfasts, 5 lunches and 5 dinners included

3 Tough trek to the summit of Ciemniak with fantastic views; descend the Dolina Kondratowa to the Kalatowki Hut. 4 Long climb to summit of Mt Kasprowy; descend to the Murowaniec Hut.

POLAND

from/to Krakow

5 Through the 'Valley of the five Polish lakes' to Roztoka.

trekking

6 Ascend Mt Rysy (2499m) from the Polish side and descend on the Slovak side. The splendid views from the top will make the effort more than worthwhile.

Zakopane Kiry Kasprowy Rysy High Tatras

SLOVAKIA

Daily Distance (km) 14 15

6 CHALLENGING/TOUGH

2 Short bus ride to Tatra National Park; walk past limestone gorges and caves to Ornak, time permitting head to Ornak summit and Raczkowa Pass.

P F

• Optional single supplement $140

9 Optional walk or Tirana city tour; end Tirana.

1 Start Zakopane.

END

3 Walk to Grunas waterfall, Nderlyse, and the 'Blue Eye of Kapre'.

Itinerary - Day by Day

Dates & Price Guide 2015

6 7 8

Trip Code

START

8 Explore historic Berat and Elbasan; transfer and walk to Pëllumbas Cave; on to Ibe village.

The High Tatra mountains are among the most rugged and spectacular in Europe, part of the granite Carpathian Range, rising to almost 2500m. The dramatic scenery, combined with a sophisticated network of footpaths, makes it a popular walking destination. We trek through valleys, past lakes and over ridges before the final test, a tough ascent of Rysy (2499m), the highest mountain in Poland. From the top of this scramble we gain a dramatic 360 degree view of more than 100 peaks. The walking is hard but rewarding, the terrain tough but beautiful, and the mountain huts basic but friendly, clean and welcoming. At the end of the trip we enjoy the delights of Krakow, Poland's most fascinating city.

2 Drive via Skodër and Rozafa Castle to Theth; short walk around the village.

Activity Level

2 3 4 5

Summit Poland's highest mountain l Spend a night in Zakopane l Discover the splendour of Krakow

7 Walk towards Vela Mountain; afternoon continue to UNESCO site of Berat visiting Ardenica Monastery en route.

Tirana

Berat

6 Short walk to Xhema Lake; drive via the Ottoman city of Prizren in Kosovo to Rubik village.

Rubik

Ibe

5 Follow a route below Rosi Peak, passing through forest to the 'White Circle'; traditional folklore evening.

Prizren

Adriatic Sea

MODERATE

4 Trek over a pass and via Rragam village to Valbonë, home of Albanian folk culture.

KOSOVO Valbona N.P.

Ardenice

1 Fly to Tirana.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $210 (excludes days 2 and 3) •

Shkoder

Itinerary - Day by Day

Thethi N.P.

$1330

Trekking on the high peaks of the Polish Tatras

Albania, Kosovo

START

EUROPE • POLAND, SLOVAKIA

EUROPE • ALBANIA, KOSOVO

9 days land only

6 8 4

“A superb holiday with challenging walking, varied views, excellent huts, a good group and a first-class leader!”

7 Short descent down the Dolina Rybiego Potoku. Transfer to historic city of Krakow. 8 Free day in Krakow. 9 End Krakow.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

12 20

5 6

16 14

Daniel Rafferty

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

from

8 days land only

$1050

from

Turkey

Turkey 1

Cliff top views and coastal walks l See Turkey's cultural heritage l Summit Mt Olympos

Activity Level

This varied trek follows the highest and most rugged section of the Lycian Way, Turkey’s most famous long distance footpath which stretches from Fethiye to Antalya and covers 500km. The route snakes along dramatic coastline and offers spectacular cliff top views and ancient ruins before reaching the limestone peaks of Mt Olympos (2365m). This ascent is a real highlight, offering superb views from the summit ridge, before descending to the spectacular beach of Adrasan, making for a varied week’s walking in Turkey.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

END

MODERATE/CHALLENGING

TTL

At a Glance • 5 days point-to-point walking; 1 free day • Mix of coastal, inland and mountain trails • Altitude maximum 2365m, average 350m • Group normally 5 to 16, plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 6 nights simple pensions, 1 night village house, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts and 1 dinner included

2015

18 Apr 02 May 16 May 30 May 20 Jun 12 Sep 19 Sep 26 Sep

2 Walk from Ovacik to Kuzdere village, overnight village house. 3 Yayla Kuzdere to Beycik via Olympos Mountain; with the option to summit or just go over the ridge.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

4 Walk the trail from Beycik to Cirali via Ulupinar.

• Optional single supplement $180

5 Free day to relax and enjoy the long sandy beach at Cirali.

TURKEY LYCIA

walking

6 Visit ruins of ancient Olympos, climb over saddle of Musa Dag (Moses Mountain) to coastal village of Adrasan.

Antalya

ACCOMMODATION

Ovacik Kuzdere

Goynuk

Mt Olympos

Beycik Cirali Olympos Adrasan Cape Gelidonia

Mediterranean Sea

We spend 6 nights in simple hotels and pensions, all providing comfortable en suite accommodation. One night is spent in a simple but comfortable village house with shared facilities offering an authentic rural Turkish experience.

Walking the Turquoise Coast 7

7 Adrasan to Cape Gelidonia and the famous lighthouse and on to Karaoz; transfer to Antalya.

Activity Level

Turkey's Turquoise Coast offers an alluring combination of beautiful scenery and ancient sites with some fine coastal and inland walking on the many trails in the area, including sections of the famed Lycian Way. Highlights include the ruined city of Arycanda, the chance to kayak in the clear, blue waters, and some fantastic coastal views. For those looking for futher adventure there are optional activities including SCUBA diving, paragliding or mountain biking. Alternatively you can choose a more leisurely pace and enjoy a sunset drink in one of the pretty harbourside cafes.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

04 May 11 May 25 May 08 Jun 15 Jun 29 Jun 13 Jul 07 Sep 14 Sep 21 Sep 28 Sep 05 Oct 12 Oct

LEISURELY/MODERATE

TTD

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Good paths and easy terrain • Altitude maximum 1538m, average 350m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights hotel, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts included

1 Start Ka¸s.

11 May 18 May 01 Jun 15 Jun 22 Jun 06 Jul 20 Jul 14 Sep 21 Sep 28 Sep 05 Oct 12 Oct 19 Oct

2 Morning orientation tour of Ka¸s followed by a walk through the olive groves to Limanagzi beach.

P F P F

3 Daywalk in the hills above the town or optional full day sea kayaking.

P F P F

4 Cavdir to Usumlu village walk, following Roman aqueduct, still in use in places.

P F

5 Explore ruined city of Arycanda; afternoon walk to mountain village of Yazir.

P F

6 Daywalk in Patara National Park, including the recently excavated Roman port town, and the superb beach.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $270 •

7 Free day; optional activities including diving and paragliding or local exploration.

8 End Antalya.

8 End Ka¸s.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

Glorious coastline and varied trails l Explore ancient ruins l Relax in beautiful surroundings

19 14 20

6 7

20 17

PREMIUM DEPARTURES

Dalaman

TURKEY

Fethiye

Mediterranean Sea

LYCIA

Arycanda Patara

Kaş

Kastellorizon

PREMIUM DEPARTURES

2015

1 Start Ovacik.

P F

START

Itinerary - Day by Day

25 Apr 09 May 23 May 06 Jun 27 Jun 19 Sep 26 Sep 03 Oct

$730

Secluded bay near to Ka¸s

En route from Yayla Kuzdere to Beycik

Walking the Lycian Way

EUROPE • TURKEY

8 days land only

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

Kekova

F Family departure

On Premium departures we usually stay in a new luxury 4-star boutique hotel with stunning views, a bar and private beach platform. All rooms are air conditioned with en suite facilities. See Date & Price Guide for selected departures.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

10 12

5 6

9 10

from

8 days land only

$950

from

High peaks of the Taurus Mountains

Turkey

Taurus Mountains Trek

Turkish wilderness l Rugged passes and spectacular views l Porterage throughout

Activity Level

The Taurus Mountains form a chain that runs parallel to the Mediterranean coast from Lake Egridir in the west to the upper reaches of the Euphrates River in the east. The area offers fantastic trekking opportunities, with jagged limestone peaks on the northern flanks and pine, cedar, oak and juniper clad reaches to the south. Snowcapped in the winter, its far corners become accessible over the summer whilst nomads seeking out the high lakes and pastures to graze their goats and sheep.

Trip Code

5 CHALLENGING

TTT

At a Glance • 6 days point-to-point trekking with porterage • Luggage transported on mules • Altitude maximum 3723m, average 2250m • Group normally 7 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 2 nights hotel with en suite facilities, 5 nights camping • All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 5 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide 06 Jun 13 Jun 27 Jun 05 Sep 19 Sep

3 Ascend the Emli Valley and trek to the high pastures of Eznevit Yaylasi. 4 Cross the rugged Celikbuyduran Pass to Yedigoller Plateau (Seven Lakes) at 3020m.

• Optional single supplement $110

5 Free day for optional walks in the area or a chance to ascend Mount Embler at 3723m.

Kayseri

TURKEY

Cukurbag Kizilkaya

s uru s Ta ntain u Mo

Demirkazik Embler Yedi Goller Comcegolu Lake

Turkey has long been underrated as a trekking destination, but with the fairytale rock formations of Cappadocia to enchant visitors, it should not be overlooked. The area’s unique landscape was formed by the eruptions of three volcanoes: Mt Erciyes, Mt Hasan and Mt Melendiz, which have created one of the most distinctive landscapes in the world. The great walking, friendly people, history and staggering scenery of this region make for a highly memorable trip.

Trip Code

18 Apr 30 May 06 Jun 20 Jun 29 Aug 05 Sep 12 Sep 03 Oct 10 Oct

Daily Distance (km) COMBINATION TRIP

If you book Taurus Mountains Trek back to back with Walking in Cappadocia (Trip code: TTG on the opposite page) you can claim $100 off your total trip price. Please note that Walking in Cappadocia is set at a more moderate walking grade, so you may wish to use it as a warm up week for this trip.

2 3 4

6 15 14

5 6 7

7 18 14

P Premium F departure

TTG

At a Glance • 6 days centre-based walking • Vehicle support provided • Altitude maximum 1150m, average 1000m • Group normally 7 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights 3-star hotel, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 6 dinners included

3 Transfer to Kavak village; walk through the Gomede Valley from villages of Bahceli to Mustafapasa.

Goreme Valley

Ilhara Valley

2 Trek through Akvadi (White Valley) and visit Uchisar Citadel, the highest point in Cappadocia.

4 Explore the beautiful rock formations of the Pancarlik and Kizilcukur (Red) Valley. 5 Walk through Pasabaglari (Monks) Valley. Trek up Bozdag, the highest point in the area offering stunning views.

• Optional single supplement $210

Kaymakli underground city

3 MODERATE

1 Start Cavusin.

25 Apr 06 Jun 13 Jun 27 Jun 05 Sep 12 Sep 19 Sep 10 Oct 17 Oct

Uchisar

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

8 End Kayseri.

Ala Daglari

Demirkazik

Activity Level

7 Trek to Karagol Lake, where the brave can enjoy a wellearned swim. Transfer to Kayseri.

CAPPADOCIA trekking

Trek past fairytale chimneys I Discover the regions’ history and culture I Visit Kaymakli underground city

6 Beautiful walk to Comcegolu Lake and through the Akcay Valley to Tekkekalesi pass.

Erciyes Dag

Kaymakli underground city

Walking in Cappadocia

2015

2 Begin our trek from Cukurbag village to Emli Valley.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

START

1 Start Cavusin.

13 Jun 20 Jun 04 Jul 12 Sep 26 Sep

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

2015

$1330

Fairy chimney rock formations, near Goreme

Turkey

START

EUROPE • TURKEY

8 days land only

6 Visit the underground city of Kaymakli. Afternoon walk through the Ihlara Valley, the deepest, longest canyon in Cappadocia.

Kayseri

Cavusin

Erciyes Dag

Kavak

walking areas

TURKEY

CAPPADOCIA

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

7 Walk along the Zindanonu Valley passing the Goreme open air museum with carved caves and Byzantine frescoes. ACCOMMODATION

On this trip we usually stay at the 3-star Green Hotel. Nestled in the quiet village of Cavusin, this hotel offers modern comforts whilst preserving the traditional features that are unique to the region. All rooms en suite, and a restaurant that offers a delicious array of local cuisine, is hewn out the rock in typical Cappadocian fashion. Relaxing under the shade of the trees on the terrace, this hotel is the perfect place to unwind each evening after a day of trekking.

8 End Cavusin.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

10 12 7

5 5 6 7 3

from

8 days land only

$1200

from

$1390

Coastal walk on Evia

Views of Santorini

Greece

Mountains & Villages of Evia Activity Level

The delightful island of Evia is a real hidden treasure, with old stone paths connecting quaint villages tucked away on the slopes of the mountains. This walkers' paradise is little known outside of Greece and offers unique history and culture, an authentic atmosphere and the hospitality of the local towns and villages. We visit Roman quarries and aqueducts, Byzantine churches and Frankish castles and, in the summer months, we end the days swimming at deserted beaches and coves. We enjoy five daywalks on the island, taking in the wonderful scenery. Traditional tavernas and waterfront ouzo-meze shops make eating and drinking here a wonderful experience.

Trip Code

START

22 Feb 22 Mar 05 Apr 19 Apr 03 May 17 May 07 Jun 21 Jun

END

START

01 Mar 29 Mar 12 Apr 26 Apr 10 May 24 May 14 Jun 28 Jun

MODERATE

TVE

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Between 5 and 6 hours walking per day • Altitude maximum 1500m, average 500m • Group normally 4 to 18, plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights hotel, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 4 picnic lunches and 5 dinners included

06 Sep 20 Sep 27 Sep 04 Oct 04 Oct 11 Oct 18 Oct 25 Oct 08 Nov 15 Nov P 20 F Dec 27 Dec 27 Dec 03 Jan

6 Relax on the beach or wander around Karystos, a thriving market town. Alternatively hike along the Karystian bay or the picturesque countryside of the bay of Marmari.

• Optional single supplement $180

Walking on the Greek Islands 6

Mt. Kliosi

f Ev

Aegean Sea

Evia

8 Ferry to Rafina; end Athens.

GREECE Rafina

Athens walking areas

Mt. Ohi

Kalliani

Petali Karystos Islands

ACCOMMODATION

Hotel Galaxy ** Our base is the hotel Galaxy in Karystos, which has been run by the same family for over 30 years. It is located at the east end of the promenade, just 100m from the main square and town centre and 50m from the nearest beach. Rooms are comfortable and clean, with en suite facilities, air conditioning and balcony.

16 15 14

The Greek islands have much more to offer than most would think: archaeological treasures, history, culture, dramatic landscapes over an azure coloured sea and of course delicious food. Our week starts on the beautiful island of Paros, before heading to Santorini and Naxos. Exploring the irresistible island of Santorini on foot will certainly be the highlight of our week. Hopping from one wonderful island to the other, we enjoy a relaxed week of gentle walks through picturesque villages, lush valleys and sandy beaches.

Trip Code

LEISURELY

TEJ

At a Glance • 3 full days and 2 half days walking on 3 islands • Travel by public transport, boat/ferry and coach • Low altitude throughout • Group normally 4 to 18 plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights 2 and 3-star hotels, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts included

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

12 Apr 26 Apr 10 May 24 May 31 May 14 Jun 06 Sep 20 Sep 27 Sep 11 Oct 25 Oct

1 Start Athens; afternoon ferry to Paros.

19 Apr 03 May 17 May 31 May 07 Jun 21 Jun 13 Sep 27 Sep 04 Oct 18 Oct 01 Nov

2 Walk the ancient paths in the heart of Paros, from Lefkes to Prodromos and the coastal villages of Marpissa and Pisso Livadhi. 3 Morning visit to the famous Ekatontapiliani Cathedral, one of the oldest in Europe. Midday ferry to Santorini. 4 Walk along the caldera all the way from Thira to Oia. 5 Morning walk to the volcano in Santorini. Afternoon ferry to Naxos.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $250

6 Walk in the Tragea Valley, full of olive trees and citrus orchards.

Rafina

Athens

Andros Tinos

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

Activity Level

7 Walk through chestnut forests, misty peaks and discover the ancient ruins on Mount Ochi. Skiros

Discover three idyllic islands l Enjoy gentle walks l Relax on beautiful beaches

2015

5 Gorge walk from Mt Ohi down to the rugged East Aegean coast.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

START

4 Ascend Mount Kliosi and the Acropolis of Styra.

P F

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

3 Explore rural hamlets, wild flower meadows and rivers.

30 Aug

lf o

2 Walk through rolling hills, villages and castles.

END

P 13 F Sep

1 Start Athens; transfer to Rafina; ferry to Evia.

2015

Discover an authentic Greek island l Dramatic coastline and remote villages l Delicious traditional cuisine

Dates & Price Guide

EUROPE • GREECE

8 days land only

5 7

GREECE

14 18

Paros

Aegean Sea

Naxos

Milos walking areas

P Premium F departure

Thira (Santorini) 0

P Fdeparture P Solo

80 km

F Family departure

“An excellent trip, with some lovely walking, tasty food and good wine!”

7 Walk through the mountainous heart of the island, below Mt Zas, from Filoti to Apiranthos, a mediaeval village on Naxos' high plateau. 8 End Athens.

Daily Distance (km) 2 4 5 3

10 12

6 7

10 10

Karen Lane

from

8 days land only

$1110

View from St Hilarion Castle, North Cyprus

Norway PREMIUM

Admire dramatic vistas l Explore crusader castles l Comfortable 4-star hotel North Cyprus remains a hidden gem of the Mediterranean, far less visited and less well known since separation in 1974. Thanks to the abundance of archaeological remains from many civilisations that inhabited the area over the centuries, it is considered the most beautiful and historically interesting part of the island. With superb walking through unspoilt areas teeming with flowers and wildlife, plus the chance to experience the relaxed local Turkish Cypriot culture, this is a walking and sightseeing tour not to be missed. Dates & Price Guide START

END

14 Feb 14 Mar 11 Apr 05 Sep 17 Oct 19 Dec

Activity Level

LEISURELY/MODERATE

Trip Code

TEU

At a Glance • 5 days centre-based walking and sightseeing, 1 free day • Reasonable fitness required • Low altitude throughout • Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights 4-star hotel, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts and 5 lunches included • Direct flights from London

Itinerary - Day by Day

2015

P P P P P P

21 Feb 21 Mar 18 Apr 12 Sep 24 Oct 26 Dec

F F F F F F

1 Start Kyrenia. 2 Transfer to Bellapais and walk to Kyrenia; visit the crusader castle. 3 Transfer to the ancient hermitage site of St Hilarion Castle; walk to Malatya village.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $210

4 Visit Buffavento Castle for magnificent views; walk to Bellapais village. 5 Free day to relax or take an optional excursion to Famagusta.

Kyrenia/Girne

Kantara

6 To the Karpas peninsula; visit Apostolos Andreas Monastery, Incirli cave and walk from Kantara Castle to Kaplica beach.

Antiphontis St Hilarion BuffaArmenian Salamis vento Monastery

CYPRUS

Daily Distance (km)

5 11 10

6 7

10 12

60 km

ACCOMMODATION

Hotel Pia Bella ****

This lovely hotel is nestled in a quiet spot away from the noise of the city centre. Just a short walk to the bars and restaurants of atmospheric Kyrenia harbour, all rooms are en suite with satellite tv, telephone and air conditioning. The property boasts 2 swimming pools, a jacuzzi, tranquil gardens and Wi-Fi in communal areas.

Incredible fjord landscapes l Boat trip on glacial lake

Fjord Norway is a landscape born from violence; yet the artistry of nature leaves a world etched with beauty, carved by centuries of grinding glacial arms. The thunder of cascading waterfalls remains a constant companion as we set off on foot to explore birch forests, climb to panoramic views and immerse ourselves in one of the most beautiful and tranquil places on the planet. 1

Trip Code

2 Short sightseeing tour of Bergen; bus and ferry to Lustrafjord.

At a Glance

3 Warm-up walk to Molden Peak (1116m), excellent viewpoint for Sognefjord; optional visit to UNESCO-listed Urnes Stave church. 4 Full daywalk in Breheimen N.P., known as the 'Home of the Glaciers', from Vigdal to Navarsete hut. 5 Bus to Nigardsbreen Glacier (part of Jostedalsbreen Icecap); walk and boat trip on glacial lake; optional glacier walk. 6 Daywalk in spectacular Jotunheim National Park. 7 Hike into Mørkrisdalen Valley. 8 Bus and ferry back to Bergen; end Bergen.

6 7

• 5 days centre-based walking • Excellent photographic opportunities • Altitude max 2000m, average 500m • Group normally 10 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 1 night 3-star hotel, 6 nights guest house accommodation • All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 6 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide START

28 Jun 05 Jul 30 Aug

05 Jul 12 Jul 06 Sep

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

9 13

Jostedalsbreen Nigardsbreen Glacier Molden

Sognefjord Vangsnes

Bergen

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

Iceland Walking Explorer Volcanic landscape l Glaciers, mountains and mighty waterfalls This full-circuit itinerary includes five of the best walking areas in Iceland. We start in Thorsmork Valley exploring the new craters from the Eyafjallajokull eruption, before heading to Vatnajokull National Park. We also trek the mountains of the eastern fjords and the lunar-like Lake Myvatn landscape of pseudo craters, lavafields and plentiful hot springs. Finally, we move to Kerlingarfjoll Volcano in the central highlands and within sight of the massive Hofsjokull Ice Cap. 4

Itinerary - Day by Day

Jotunheimen Luster Lustrafjord

Naeroyfjord Gudvangen walking areas ferries

Trip Code

2 Drive to Thorsmork Valley via Seljalandsfoss Waterfall.

At a Glance

3 Hike to the newly created craters and lavafields. 4 Drive to Skaftafell National Park via Skogafoss Waterfall and the Dyrholaey promontory. 5 Hike to summit of Kristinartindar for astounding views. 6 Travel to Bakkagerdi village, stopping at the Jokulsarlon Glacial Lagoon and Hofn.

Activity Level

1 Start Reykjavik.

8 Drive to Lake Myvatn via Dettifoss Waterfall; explore Hverfjall Crater and Dimmuborgir Lavafield.

• Optional single supplement $470

Mark Ellerby

The Gjain Valley

7 Hike to Storurd in the Dyrfjoll Mountains.

END

2015

NORWAY

P Premium F departure

3 MODERATE

TSH

1 Start Bergen.

3 5 4 10 5 6

Activity Level

Itinerary - Day by Day

Daily Distance (km)

“The Cypriot food was excellent and copious. Top marks for the packed lunches!”

$4370

Iceland

Walking The Fjords

8 End Kyrenia.

Larnaca

Mediterraean Sea

2 3 4

7 Spend a day in the Five Finger Mountains; visit the Herbarium of Alevkaya and Kyrenia Rock.

Famagusta

Nicosia/ Lefkosa

from

Molden Peak overlooking Sognefjord

Cyprus

Walking in North Cyprus

14 days land only

$3420

from

EUROPE • NORWAY, ICELAND

EUROPE • CYPRUS

8 days land only

TSF

• 4 days and 2 half days walking • Full porterage • Low altitude throughout • Group normally 7 to 16, plus leader. Min age 16 yrs • 10 nights fixed camping, 3 nights hotel • All breakfasts, 11 lunches and 10 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide START

END

2015

11 Full daywalk in the Kerlingarfjoll Mountains. 12 Visit Gullfoss Waterfall, Geysir and Thingvellir; continue to Reykjavik.

• Optional single supplement $530 (includes single tent) • *24 hour daylight

10 Drive to Kerlingarfjoll; visit hot springs.

MODERATE

06 Jun* 19 Jun 20 Jun* 03 Jul 18 Jul 31 Jul 01 Aug 14 Aug 15 Aug 28 Aug Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

9 Full daywalk in volcanic Mt Krafla area.

13 Free day in Reykjavik. walking areas

14 End Reykjavik.

Akureyri

Daily Distance (km) 3 5 7

13 17 15

8 2 9 12 11 11

Mt Krafla Dettifoss Lake Myvatn

ICELAND

Bakkagerdi Dyrfjoll

Langjokull Ice-Cap Thingvellir

Reykjavik Keflavik

Kerlingarfjoll Vatnajokull Ice-Cap Kristinartindar Hofn Gullfoss Skaftafell Jokulsarlon Thorsmork

from

SELF-GUIDED • FRANCE

9 days land only

$1400

from

$1825

Self-Guided Walking With so much to absorb whilst seeing the world on foot it’s sometimes best to literally take it all in you own stride. By walking independently you are able to set your own pace and plan the day around you and you alone. If you want to spend that extra ten minutes at a view point; why not? Or spend longer studying a colourful species of plant; you can – the day is yours! And what’s more, we take care of the logistics of luggage transportation for a hassle-free holiday.

??????????????? ??????????????????

France

Chateaux of the Loire

Chablis Vineyards Walk

Visit royal chateaux l Walk through vineyards

Visit Chablis' world-famous vineyards l Relaxed walks through rolling landscapes

This gentle-paced walking holiday offers the perfect balance of attractive landscapes and cultural highlights, including some of the finest Renaissance chateaux in France: Chambord, Cheverny and Chaumont. There's plenty to discover, from the narrow streets of historic Amboise and Blois to the twists and turns across rolling hills and vineyards. The places you'll stay in have been hand-picked for their superb locations, atmospheric charm, excellent cuisine and warm, friendly owners.

Starting in Auxerre, one of the prettiest cities in France, this gentle paced ramble takes you through beautiful Burgundy - towpaths, river valleys and wheat fields - as you head to the fortified mediaeval town of Vezelay. En route, pass through vineyards, flower-filled hillsides, woods teeming with wildlife and pretty riverside villages. Wine tasting opportunities and cellar visits abound in the wine capital of Chablis.

Activity Level

1 Start Chaumont. 2 Cross the Loire to Abbaye de la Guiche; continue through the Royal Forest to Blois. 3 Free day in Blois. 4 To Chitenay with opportunities for wine-tasting and visiting Chateau de Beauregard en route. 5 Optional circular walk to Chateau de Cheverny and Chateau de Troussay.

Walking route notes

5 Free day to explore the Vermenton and the surrounding area.

Tours

Che

P Premium F departure

Chambord

The places you’ll stay in have been hand-picked for their superb locations, atmospheric charm, excellent cuisine and warm, friendly owners. These include 3-star properties in Chitenay and Chaumont-sur-Loire and a convenient 2-star hotel in Blois.

LTR

At a Glance

9 End Auxerre.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • • • • •

Departs every other day from 13 May to 20 September 2015 Land only prices from $1825 Compulsory single supplement from $440 Small group supplement may apply if less than 2 people (in total) booked on a departure Distances given are for longest recommended walking route

15 16

6 8

Stay in charming 3-star hotels, chosen for their fabulous settings and delicious regional cuisine. Favourites include a gastronomic boutique hotel and a grand manor house overlooking Vezelay’s basilica.

Auxerre

Chablis

Venoy

St-Cyr-les-Colons

FRANCE

Daily Distance (km) 2 4

ACCOMMODATION

BURGUNDY

Vermenton

28 14

Walking areas

Semizelles Vezelay

60 km

P Fdeparture P Solo

• 4 days walking; 3 free days • Easy walking in undulating countryside • Luggage transfer included, route notes and maps provided • Self-guided tour. Min age 12 yrs • 8 nights in 3-star or equivalent hotels, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts and 6 dinners included

Châtel-Censoir

Walking areas

7 Free day to explore mediaeval Vézelay. 8 Walk through the forest to Châtel-Censoir; train to Auxerre.

ACCOMMODATION

Chitenay 20

6 Train journey to Sermizelles; follow part of the Camino de Santiago route to Vézelay.

Cheverny

Amboise

4 From Courgis viewpoint walk through vineyards to St-Cyr-les-Colons and on past Cavant to Vermenton.

Trip Code

FRANCE

Chaumont - sur-Loire

2 Transfer to Venoy and walk along the lake at Beine past wine cellars to Chablis town.

Dates & Price Guide

• Departs every other day from 11 May to 8 October 2015 • Land only prices from $1400 • Compulsory single supplement from $310 • Small group supplement may apply if less than 2 people (in total) booked on a departure • Distances given are for longest recommended walking route

Blois

• 3 days walking; 2 free days • Low altitude and flat paths throughout • Luggage transfer included, route notes and maps provided • Self-guided tour. Min age 12 yrs • 6 nights 2 and 3-star hotels, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts and 4 dinners included

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

LOIRE

3 Free day for wine tasting and exploration.

2 LEISURELY/MODERATE

On each of our self-guided trips you are provided with comprehensive route notes and a detailed map of the area to ensure that the process of finding your next accommodation is as easy as possible. Of course, there is nothing to stop you from creating your own route but these are designed to take the hassle out of route finding. You will also be provided with a booklet crammed full of helpful hints and information about the area so that you don’t miss any of the highlights of the region.

2 3 1 Start Auxerre.

At a Glance

2 4

Dates & Price Guide

ire

We use a wide variety of comfortable accommodation ranging from cosy, family-run hotels to charming inns and farmhouses. All have en suite facilities and some feature outdoor swimming pools.

LTL

Trip Code

Daily Distance (km)

7 End Chaumont.

Accommodation

6 Riverside walk to Chaumont, passing Chateau Fay and numerous hamlets en route.

LEISURELY

Activity Level

Yon ne

Itinerary - Day by Day

NEW

F Family departure

from

8 days land only

$1670

from

PREMIUM

The Austrian Lakes area offers a glorious mix of spectacular views, forest trails, picture-perfect villages and swimming opportunities galore! The walks are relaxed, following mainly well marked routes, with options to extend most days. Every stop brings new discoveries such as St Wolfgang's antique cog railway to the summit of Schafberg, Mozart's museum in St Gilgen, plus opportunities to enjoy regional speciality apfelstrudel!

In the heart of the Dolomites, close to the border with Austria and dominated by the famous Tre Cime (Three Peaks), is the beautiful Tyrolean village of Dobbiaco. A week's walking from here allows you to discover the beauty and sheer magnificence of the majestic Alta Pusteria Valley, an area renowned for its jagged peaks and recognised by UNESCO as one of the most unique and spectacular mountain environments in the world.

4 From Strobl walk along the shore of Lake Wolfgang to St Gilgen. 5 Explore the town’s cafes or ride the Zwolferhorn cable car. 6 Follow the Mozartsteig trail from St Gilgen between the mountains to Fuschl.

• 4 days point-to-point walking; 3 free days • Low altitude and well marked paths • Luggage transfer included, route notes and maps provided • Self-guided tour. Min age 12 yrs • 8 nights in 4-star hotels, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts and 7 dinners included

7 Relax at Fuschlsee, one of the smallest and prettiest of the Salzkammergut lakes. 8 Optional Schober summit; walk through forest and meadow trails to Mondsee. 9 End Mondsee.

Daily Distance (km) 14

6 8

11 11

Dates & Price Guide Departs every other day from 13 May to 20 September 2015 Land only prices from $1670 Compulsory single supplement from $460 Small group supplement may apply if less than 4 people (in total) booked on a departure Distances given are for longest recommended walking route

1 Start Dobbiaco. 3 Cable car to high Rotwand pastures. Hike to refuge of Malga Nemes; descend to Moos. 4 Ascend to Bonner Hutte for views of the Tre Cime. 5 Walk high mountain pastures and meadows of Ampezzo N.P.; descend to Cortina. 6 Follow ridge along the border. Descend to Klammbachhutte; continue to Moos. 7 Walk around the Tre Cime di Lavaredo limestone towers. 8 End Dobbiaco.

ACCOMMODATION

We use 4-star luxury, family-run hotels with wellness centres throughout. In Bad Ischl, your historic townhouse has two swimming pools, massage room and salt-healing caves. In Fuschl, there is also a private beach with jetty and lakeside gardens.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • • • • •

Itinerary - Day by Day 2 Gentle walk through quaint Tyrolean hamlets.

At a Glance

3 Free day for optional walks or activities such as summer toboggan runs.

LTG

Trip Code

2 Walk from Bad Ischl to Katrin summit; continue past Nussen Lake and River Traun to Strobl.

2 4

2 LEISURELY/MODERATE

AUSTRIA

SALZKAMMERGUT

Mondsee

GERMANY

Fuschlsee

Salzburg

Fuschl Sankt Gilgen

Mondsee

Wolfgangsee Bad Ischl Strobl Katrin

2 15 3 17 4 13

2 8

3 9

Activity Level

MODERATE

LTD

Trip Code

5 16 6 14 7 17

This beautiful hotel is one of the best in the area. It combines oldworld charm with warm hospitality and facilities include a luxurious spa with sauna, steam room and swimming pool. You can also relax in the cosy lounge or have a drink in the bar.

Activity Level

On the beautiful Amalfi Coast, mountains rise steeply out of the Mediterranean and picturesque towns nestle neatly in isolated coves. Our base in the tranquil village of Bomerano, away from the crowds of the coastal towns, provides the perfect opportunity to for walkers to discover the area. Following mule tracks and old paths through hillside villages, lemon groves and beautiful deep gorges, you can explore stunning Ravello, follow 6 7 8 9 10 the ‘Walk of the Gods’ to Positano, and take in awesome views as far as the Sorrento Peninsula, Bay of Naples and even the isle of Capri!

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

• 6 days centre-based walking • Unlimited travel on local buses and trains • Route notes and maps provided • Altitude max 2500m, average 2000m • Self-guided tour. Min age 12 yrs • 7 nights 4-star hotel with spa, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts and dinners included

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

• Departs any Saturday from 13 June to 26 September 2015 • Land only prices from $1480 • Compulsory single supplement from $150 • Small group supplement may apply if less than 4 people (in total) booked on a departure • Distances given are for longest recommended walking route

Walking areas

Val P

AUSTRIA

uste

ITALY

ria

Monte Elmo

Dobbiaco Croda Rossa

Cimabanche Tofana 0

Cortina 20

Moos Tre Cime di Lavaredo

Monte Cristallo Sorapis

60 km

5 Free day; optional trip to Pompeii or Capri.

Pompeii

6 Explore the Valle delle Ferriere National Park. 7 Walk from Amalfi to romantic Ravello.

Ravello

Bomerano

• 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • A lot of steps on some walks • Low altitude throughout • Route notes and maps provided • Self-guided tour. Min age 12 yrs • 7 nights 3-star hotel, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts, 4 lunches and all dinners included

4 Walk the 'Path of the Gods' down to picturesque Positano.

Vesuvius

Amalfi ast

i Co Amalf

At a Glance

3 Walk to top of Monte Tre Calli for great wide-open views of the coastline.

Positano

Capri

LTB

2 Follow mule tracks and steps down to Amalfi; explore the cathedral and town.

CAMPANIA

Bay of Naples

1 Start Bomerano.

ITALY

Naples

2 LEISURELY/MODERATE

Itinerary - Day by Day

• Departs selected Saturdays from 07 February to 26 December 2015 • Land only prices from $1240 • Compulsory single supplement from $380 • Distances given are for longest recommended walking route

Herculaneum

Dates & Price Guide

ACCOMMODATION

Park Hotel Bellevue ****

4 10

Amalfi, Ravello and Positano l Walk the Path of the Gods l Sample delicious local cuisine

At a Glance

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

Daily Distance (km)

The Amalfi Coast Self-Guided

PREMIUM

Enjoy dramatic scenery l Discover Tyrolean hamlets

Italy

The Italian Dolomites

NEW

Pine-clad hills and forest trails l Picturesque waterfront villages

Activity Level

$1240

Positano

Italy

Austrian Lakes Walk

1 Start Bad Ischl.

from

Tyrolean Hamlet

Austria

Itinerary - Day by Day

8 days land only

$1480

Nussen Lake

SELF-GUIDED • ITALY

SELF-GUIDED • AUSTRIA , ITALY

9 days land only

30 km

8 End Bomerano. ACCOMMODATION

Hotel Due Torri *** Bomerano is a small village in the municipality of Agerola. Set high above the Amalfi Coast at approx. 700m, the village is quiet and provides a relaxing retreat from the busier towns by the sea, although they are not far away. The family-run hotel is well known for its great local cuisine and welcoming atmosphere. All rooms offer en suite facilities, airconditioning, Wi-Fi and the hotel has a swimming pool.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

10 9 10

6 7

10 13

“Delicious food, beautiful walks and a warm welcome the perfect holiday!” Jim Carder

from

8 days land only

$2150

from

8 days land only

$1330

from

Benedectine monastery of Samos

Linderhof Palace

Camino de Santiago Independent

PREMIUM

Visit mediaeval monasteries l Embark on a cultural pilgrimage l Stay in converted Monastery The Camino de Santiago de Compostela is one of the world's oldest pilgrimage routes; in 1987 it was declared the first European Culture Route and since the discovery of Apostle James' tomb here in the 9th century, the route has also been known as 'The Way of St James'. The symbol of the scallop shell, typically found on the Galician shores, marks the way. On completion of at least 100km of the route, it is a great tradition to receive a certificate or ‘compostela’. Dates & Price Guide Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • • • • •

Departs any Saturday from 4 April to 10 October 2015 Land only prices from $2150 Compulsory single supplement from $420 Small group supplement may apply if less than 2 people (in total) booked on a departure Distances given are for longest recommended walking route

Santiago de Compostela

Arzua

walking

Activity Level

MODERATE

LTS

Trip Code At a Glance • 9 days walking; average 5 hours per day • Well-signed cultural and historic route • Altitude maximum 1500m, average 1000m • Luggage transfer included, route notes and maps provided • Self-guided tour. Min age 12 yrs • 10 nights in 2 to 4-star hotels, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts and 8 dinners included

120 km

“Beautiful walking and excellent accommodaton. A relaxing, stress-free holiday.”

Blessed with a rugged landscape and spectacular coastline, the island of Gozo is tranquil and verdant. Sleepy towns brimming with baroque architecture, gardens and churches, and only the occasional farmhouse punctuate the countryside. Such is the beauty here, that it is thought to be the legendary Calypso's Isle of Homer's Odyssey. From our base at the island's top hotel, our walks will unveil Gozo’s charm.

Activity Level

Itinerary - Day by Day 1 Start Oberammergau.

4 Walk between villages overlooking the Monastery of Samos; continue to Sarria.

6 Kolben chairlift; various walks along Sonnenberg Ridge available.

5 Head up the Celerio Valley; descend into Portomarin.

7 Walk to Linderhof Palace; return via the Linder Valley.

6 Walk up Torres Valley to our farmhouse at Lestedo.

8 End Oberammergau.

10 Walk to Santiago via Monte do Gozo. Visit the cathedral and collect your compostela from the Pilgrim's Office! 11 End Santiago de Compostela.

14 14 18 21 20

7 8 9 10

• Departs any Saturday from 6 June to 19 September 2015 • Land only prices from $1330 • Compulsory single supplement from $110 • Small group supplement may apply if less than 2 people (in total) booked on a departure • Distances given are for longest recommended walking route

GERMANY

Uffing

BAVAR IA

Staffelsee

Bad Kohlgrub Walking areas Sonnenberg

Oberammergau

Linderhof

Ettal

Neuschwanstein

GarmischPartenkirchen

Bavarian Alps AUSTRIA 0

Zugspitze 10

P Premium F departure

1 Start Gozo. 2 Coastal walk from Mgarr port to the narrow creek of Mgarr ix-Xini.

Daily Distance (km)

8 End Gozo.

16 14

6 7

17 13

ACCOMMODATION

4 Hike to Xlendi bay. 5 Free day; optional visit to Victoria or Ramla Beach. 6 Punic burial site and the Azure Window. 7 Qala to Nadur via Dahlet Quorrot harbour and the hidden beach at San Blas Bay.

Dates & Price Guide

LEISURELY

LTM

Trip Code At a Glance

• 5 days centre-based walking • Walk as little or as much as you like • Low altitude throughout • Route notes and maps provided • Self-guided tour. Min age 12 yrs • 7 nights 5-star hotel, all rooms en suite • All breakfasts and dinners included

Daily Distance (km) 2 7 3 14 4 10

6 13 6 11

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Start selected Saturdays from 7 February to 26 December 2015 • Land only prices from $1330 • Compulsory single supplement from $375

Hotel Feldmeier *** This traditional 3-star hotel is close to the village centre. All rooms are comfortable and include en suite facilities, satellite tv, radio, hairdryers and a private balcony or terrace. A steam room, sauna, jacuzzis and beauty room are available. The WellenBerg leisure complex, offering indoor and outdoor swimming, is close by and ideal if you fancy a day off from walking!

Activity Level

3 Walk via Basilica Ta' Pinu, a Baroque church and stunning cliffs of the north coast.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

13 18 19 19

LTO

Itinerary - Day by Day

• 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day • Choice of routes each day • Altitude max 1700m, average 1100m • Route notes and maps provided • Self-guided tour. Min age 12 yrs • 7 nights 3-star hotel with spa, all rooms en suite with private balcony • All breakfasts and dinners included

2 3 4

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4 5 6

At a Glance

Dates & Price Guide

9 From Arzua walk to our converted watermill in Rua.

2 LEISURELY/MODERATE

Trip Code

2 Explore Ammer Valley villages; walk to Pulvermoos Wildlife Sanctuary.

5 Free day.

8 Leave hamlet of O'Coto; walk to Arzua.

PREMIUM

Enjoy our 5-star hotel l Discover pristine coastline

3 Ascend the Rio Valcarce Valley to O'Cebreiro; sunset viewpoint.

7 Hike to O'Coto via Palas del Rei.

Calypso's Isle

Visit monasteries and palaces l Stand atop Germany's highest peak

4 Follow the shore of Lake Staffelsee; afternoon optional boat cruise.

On this trip you'll stay in an astonishingly diverse range of properties including hilltop monasteries, converted water mills, stylish farmhouses and even a grand rectory - all of them packed with period features and perfect places to socialise with other pilgrims.

Best known for its famous Passion Plays, Oberammergau is the perfect base for a week of walking. From exhilarating mountain hikes to strolls through valleys and wetland reserves, Oberammergau's wealth of well sign-posted trails makes it an ideal walking destination. Choose from easier or harder walks each day, and take advantage of the easily accessible local buses and mountain lifts. You can also relax in the hotel's sauna or jacuzzi.

Timothy Barlow

2 Trek from Cruz de Ferro to Molinaseca.

ACCOMMODATION

Malta

Walking in Oberammergau

3 Cable car up Laber; walk down to Ettal village with its Benedictine monastery.

1 Start Leon.

O‘Cebreiro Cruz de Leon Ferro Molinaseca 40

Itinerary - Day by Day

SPAIN

$1330

The Azure Window, Gozo

Germany

Spain

SELF-GUIDED • GERMANY, MALTA

SELF-GUIDED • SPAIN

11 days land only

GOZO

Gharb Xlendi

Qala

Sannat

Nadur

Mgarr

COMINO

Walking areas

Valetta MALTA

30 km

ACCOMMODATION

Hotel Ta’ Cenc ***** Set in 400 acres of private grounds and built in harmony with its surroundings, the Ta’ Cenc offers complete tranquility, a friendly atmosphere and delicious cuisine. Guests are accommodated in air-conditioned stone bungalows, each with its own terrace. There are two swimming pools, a jacuzzi, fitness centre, tennis courts and swimming cove.

30 km

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

North Africa & Middle East

TRIP NAME

TRIP CODE

ACTIVITY LEVEL PAGE

Mt Toubkal Climb

TMM

Mt Toubkal Long Weekend

TMY

Mt Toubkal Winter Climb

TMW

Atlas Panorama

TMP

Undiscovered Atlas

TMA

Peaks & Valleys of the Atlas

TMT

Petra & Wadi Rum Trek

TXR

Jordan Walking Weekend

TXW

Trekking in Oman

TXM

Main Photograph: Wadi Rum, Jordan. Page 77

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

NORTH AFRICA • MOROCCO

8 days land only from

$760

Mount Toubkal Nestled within the Toubkal National Park in south western Morocco, Mount Toubkal is highest peak in North Africa, reaching a lofty 4167m. Views from the top stretch across the rolling, rustic coloured Atlas Mountains and traditional Berber villagers can be found dotted across its hillside.

Jebel Ouanakrim

Morocco

Mt Toubkal Climb

Seasonal Summit Summer Trekking

Our summer season starts at the end of April and runs until the end of September. The fertile valleys and orchards of the lower trails tend to be very hot with temperatures frequently hovering around 40 degrees in July and August. As we approach the summit the temperature drops and pockets of snow are often be found in higher hollows and gullies as well as some strong winds. For a nontechnical yet fairly challenging trek, the summer trek of Mount Toubkal is an ideal choice.

Winter Trekking

In the winter the High Atlas is transformed into an idyllic alpine environment with beautiful jagged snow-capped peaks. Our winter season starts in October and ends in April. Most groups will encounter snow and ice and therefore ice axe and crampons are essential. These can both be hired in advance to be ready for you on arrival. If you would like to use Camp Magix 10 crampons and/or Camp Neve ice axes please request these at the time of booking. Further information can be found on the TMW and TMYW Trip Notes.

North Africa's highest peak l Visit vibrant Marrakech l Optional ascent of Mt. Ouanakrim

Activity Level

Mt Toubkal stands 4167m above sea level and commands superb views of the High Atlas Mountains. Our trek passes through impressive landscapes on well-defined paths and is, surprisingly, not too strenuous. As we climb higher, the paths do become steeper but the gain in altitude awards dramatic views towards Marrakech and the spectacular Anti Atlas mountains. Passing through remote villages and terraced fields we gain an insight into the life of the friendly Berber people and finish with free time in the colourful imperial city of Marrakech.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

END

START

24 Apr 30 Apr 08 May 15 May 22 May 29 May 05 Jun 12 Jun 19 Jun 03 Jul 10 Jul

03 May 10 May 17 May 24 May 31 May 07 Jun 14 Jun 21 Jun 28 Jun 12 Jul 01 May 07 May 15 May 22 May 29 May 05 Jun 12 Jun 19 Jun 26 Jun 10 Jul 17 Jul

CHALLENGING

TMM

At a Glance • 5 days point-to-point walking • Altitude maximum 4167m, average 2600m • Crampons may be needed in April and October • Group normally 5 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 4 nights full-service camping, 1 night gite with shared facilities and 2 nights 3-star hotel in en suite rooms • All breakfasts, 5 lunches and 5 dinners included

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

1 Start Marrakech.

2015 26 Apr 03 May 10 May 17 May 24 May 31 May 07 Jun 14 Jun 21 Jun 05 Jul

12 Jul 26 Jul 28 Jul* 02 Aug 16 Aug* 30 Aug P 06 F Sep 13 Sep 20 Sep 27 Sep 2016

19 Jul 02 Aug 04 Aug 09 Aug 23 Aug 06 Sep 13 Sep 20 Sep 27 Sep 04 Oct

17 Jul 24 Jul* 07 Aug 14 Aug* 21 Aug 28 Aug P 04 F Sep 11 Sep 18 Sep 25 Sep

24 Jul 31 Jul 14 Aug 21 Aug 28 Aug 04 Sep 11 Sep 18 Sep 25 Sep 02 Oct

2 Drive to Imi Oughlad; climb Tizi n Tacht Pass (2000m) and descend into the Azaden Valley.

P F

MOROCCO

P F

Asni P F

Tizi n' Tichka Azaden Valley Ouanakrim

Imi Oughlad Imlil

LAS

T HA

HIG

Toubkal Lac d’Ifni

P F P F

P F

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $140 • *Family departures (parents with children only - min. age 13) • Free airport transfer for any flight

Training is provided at the beginning of the trek so if you are new to winter walking, the winter trek of Mount Toubkal provides the ideal environment to give it a try.

P F

“Very enjoyable short trek over challenging terrain in a fascinating country.”

3 Walk through Berber villages and spectacular mountain scenery, including the Ighoulidem waterfall. 4 Ascend the Aguelzim Pass (3550m) and enjoy superb views of the Toubkal Massif before walking down to base camp. 5 An early start climbing scree before traversing the southern ridge to reach the summit of Mt Toubkal (4167m). Enjoy magnificent panoramic views before descending to base camp. 6 Climb Mt Ouanakrim (4089m); descend to the village of Aroumd. 7 Short walk to Imlil; return to Marrakech for guided tour. 8 End Marrakech.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

11 8

5 6

6 9

Simon Watson

Main Photograph: Summit of Mt Toubkal, Morocco. Page 71

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

from

8 days land only

$570

from

Summit of Mt Toubkal

Morocco 1

Summit North Africa’s highest peak l Magnificent views along Azaden Valley l Explore Marrakech

Activity Level

Mt Toubkal, known locally as Jebel Toubkal, stands 4167m above sea level and commands superb panoramic views of the High Atlas Mountains. This trek is an energetic way to spend a long weekend with just three days in the mountains to approach, summit and descend the highest peak in North Africa. Passing through a Berber village we gain an insight into the life and traditions of these hardy and friendly mountain people. After our trek we have some free time to explore the vibrant and colourful city of Marrakech.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

END

START

END

12 Feb* 23 Apr 14 May 28 May 18 Jun 30 Jul

16 Feb 27 Apr 18 May 01 Jun 22 Jun 03 Aug

11 Feb* 28 Apr 12 May 26 May 16 Jun

15 Feb 02 May 16 May 30 May 20 Jun

03 Sep 17 Sep 01 Oct 05 Nov* P 19 F Nov* 31 Dec*

07 Sep 21 Sep 05 Oct 09 Nov 23 Nov 04 Jan 01 Aug 29 Aug 19 Sep 03 Oct

5 CHALLENGING

TMY

At a Glance • 3 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • Crampons may be needed for April and October departures • Altitude maximum 4167m, average 2600m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 2 nights 3-star hotel, 1 night gite, 1 night mountain refuge • All breakfasts, 2 lunches and 2 dinners included

P F

3 Early start for Toubkal ascent, over rocky paths with little vegetation. The final ascent affords panoramic views. Return to refuge for lunch and continue to Aroumd. 4 Short walk to Imlil; transfer to Marrakech. Free afternoon to enjoy the city.

P F

5 End Marrakech.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Optional single supplement $70 (hotel nights only) • *Winter departure • Free airport transfer for any flight

MOROCCO AS

L AT H

HIG

walking

WINTER DEPARTURES ALSO AVAILABLE

Fancy testing out crampons and ice axes for the first time? Why not join one of our winter departures for a long weekend climbing Mt Toubkal; the perfect environment to try winter trekking and to experience the Atlas Mountains trails at their quietest. Enjoy magnificent views of the dramatic snowy peaks and stay in a mountain refuge at Base Camp. Please note the price difference is due to extra support required on a winter trek and is based on a maximum of 10 clients per trip. For more information please see trip code TMYW on our website or contact our Sales team.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3

Mt Toubkal Winter Climb 8

Learn to use ice axe and crampons l Summit Toubkal with expert guides l Explore Marrakech

Activity Level

During the winter Mt Toubkal and the surrounding peaks of the High Atlas are a walkers' paradise; with empty trails, and spectacular views over the Toubkal Massif. Starting from bustling Marrakech we venture right into the High Atlas to climb North Africa's highest peak (4167m). Crampons and ice axes are usually required throughout the trip (depending on weather), but this trip is designed to be achievable by those who are fit, even if they are new to winter walking.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide END

2015

2 Morning transfer to Imlil; short walk to Aroumd for lunch. Afternoon walk to Toubkal Base Camp refuge.

P F

START

1 Start Marrakech.

2016 28 Jul 25 Aug 15 Sep 29 Sep

Itinerary - Day by Day

2015

$1050

Descending Mt Toubkal

Morocco

Mt Toubkal Long Weekend

NORTH AFRICA • MOROCCO

5 days land only

04 Jan 11 Jan 11 Jan 18 Jan 25 Jan 01 Feb 08 Feb 15 Feb 15 Feb 22 Feb 22 Feb 01 Mar 08 Mar 15 Mar 22 Mar 29 Mar 05 Apr 12 Apr P F 18 Oct 25 Oct 01 Nov 08 Nov 22 Nov 29 Nov 06 Dec 13 Dec 13 Dec 20 Dec 22 Dec 29 Dec 27 Dec 03 Jan Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Optional single supplement $100 (hotel nights only) • Free airport transfer for any flight

“Great combination of busy Marrakech and the tranquility of the mountains.” Enid Frantilla

TOUGH

TMW

At a Glance • 5 days walking; 1 free day • Full porterage included • No previous experience required in using ice axe and crampons • Altitude maximum 4167m, average 2600m • Group normally 4 to 10, plus winter guide and local staff. Min age 18 yrs • 3 nights 3-star hotel, 4 nights gite • All breakfasts, 4 lunches and 5 dinners included

Itinerary - Day by Day 1 Start Marrakech. 2 Drive to Imlil, short walk to Aroumd and free time to explore this remote village. 3 Climb to Toubkal Base Camp, visiting the Mizane Valley and Sidi Chamarouch Shrine. 4 Ascent of Jebel Toubkal (4167m) the highest mountain in North Africa. 5 Climb Jebel Ouanoukrim, a challenging 4089m climb.

“A snowy challenge in the company of a good group and excellent guides. Fantastic holiday achievable in a week.”

6 Descend though Tizi Ouanoums towards Lac d’ifni. Transfer to Marrakech. 7 Marrakech; free day to explore souks or relax in gardens. 8 End Marrakech.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

11 8

5 6

6 9

Marion Chatfield

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

from

8 days land only

$710

from

Tijhza Village

Morocco

Atlas Panorama

Remote mountain village stay l Experience colourful Marrakech l Enjoy a traditional hammam

Activity Level

The perfect introduction to Morocco; an insight into the colourful city of Marrakech along with some varied walking exploring the striking High Atlas Mountains. Based in the remote and picturesque village of Tijhza, we stay in a simple, traditional gite and enjoy optional walks each day. The pace is relaxed, allowing us to enjoy the scenery of the mountains and learn about the way of life of the friendly Berber people. Our time in Marrakech sees us exploring the busy souks or choosing to relax in the tranquil Majorelle Gardens.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide END

START

END

P 06 F Sep

18 Jan 15 Feb 01 Mar 22 Mar 29 Mar 12 Apr 24 May 21 Jun 09 Aug

13 Sep 04 Oct 18 Oct 01 Nov 22 Nov 13 Dec 27 Dec 03 Jan

27 Sep 11 Oct 25 Oct 15 Nov 06 Dec 20 Dec 27 Dec 2016

10 Jan 17 Jan 20 Mar 27 Mar 07 Feb 14 Feb 10 Apr 17 Apr 21 Feb 28 Feb 29 May 05 Jun Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $140 (hotel nights only) • Free airport transfer for any flight

MOROCCO

Tijhza

L AT H

HIG

walking areas

Telouet

MODERATE

TMP

At a Glance • 4 days centre based walking • Reasonable level of fitness required • Altitude maximum 2600m, average 1900m • Group normally 5 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 4 nights gites with basic facilities, 3 nights 3-star hotel with en suite rooms and pool • All breakfasts, 3 lunches and 4 dinners included

2 Explore Marrakech; visit the Djemaa el Fna Square to explore labyrinth of souks. 3 Drive to Animite; walk to Tijhza and explore.

RESPONSIBLE TOURISM

Tijhza Village Project Exodus has been working with the people of Tijhza Valley since 2001 on various projects, including helping to build a water tower, supporting the local school and our biggest project, a new traditional Hamman. This provides local employment and improves the health of locals, many of whom do not have running water at home. During your stay in Tijhza you will have the opportunity to visit the Hamman, learn more about the project and have the opportunity to experience it for yourself, a truly memorable experience.

Undiscovered Atlas 6

4/5 Varied daywalks through the mountains. These are sometimes altered to suit the weather and ability of the group. The choice of routes from Tijhza will include the terrace fields below the village and the Ouarikt Gorge. 6 Optional harder day, with the chance to trek to beautiful Lake Tamda. 7 Walk to Animiter; drive to Marrakech. Free afternoon for shopping or a visit it to the Majorelle Gardens.

5 6

A fantastic winter trek in the dramatic and isolated Anti-Atlas mountains. Marvel at kasbahs perched above terraced valleys and wide oases as well as distant peaks fading into the desert haze. There is plenty of contact with the local villagers, while the ascent of Jebel Aklim (2531m) provides wonderful views of the snow-covered High Atlas. Walking through these small Berber villages brings you closer the locals and their way of life. The trek ends in Taroudant, with time to experience the souks and the ancient city walls.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide END

17 Jan* 14 Feb* 28 Mar 04 Apr 17 Oct 07 Nov 05 Dec 19 Dec

MODERATE/CHALLENGING

TMA

At a Glance • 5 days point-to-point walking • Between 5 to 7 hours walking per day • Altitude maximum 2531m, average 1830m • Group normally 6 to 16 plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 5 nights wild semi-participatory camping, 2 nights 3-star hotels with en suite rooms • All breakfasts, 5 lunches and 5 dinners included

Itinerary - Day by Day

24 Jan 21 Feb 04 Apr 11 Apr 24 Oct 14 Nov 12 Dec 26 Dec

1 Start Agadir. P F

2 Drive to Taroudant for lunch; continue to Irghem. Trek to first campsite 3 A long first day; climb over a col and series of spurs before reaching a the village of Amal. From here head trek through a picturesque valley to reach the village of Tagdict.

2016

16 Jan* 23 Jan 13 Feb* 20 Feb 19 Mar 26 Mar 02 Apr 09 Apr 05 Nov 12 Nov 10 Dec 17 Dec 24 Dec 31 Dec Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

Daily Distance (km) 15 17

Activity Level

• Optional single supplement $180 (including single tent) • *Almond blossom season • Free airport transfer for any flight

8 Finish Marrakech.

3 4

Trek the remote Anti-Atlas l Explore terraced valleys & oases l Enjoy Berber hospitality

2015

1 Start Marrakech. P F

START

Itinerary - Day by Day

2015 11 Jan 08 Feb 22 Feb 15 Mar 22 Mar 05 Apr 17 May 14 Jun 02 Aug

$860

Trekking in the Aklim Range

Morocco

START

NORTH AFRICA • MOROCCO

8 days land only

11 31

4 Ascent of Jebel Aklim (2531m). P F

5/6/7 Three day complete circuit of Aklim Range with wild camping spots in various pastures. Pass through small villages and remote valleys. At the end of day 7 we transfer to Taroudant.

“This trip far exceeded my expectations; it was beautiful, passing through stunning and varied landscapes.”

8 End Agadir.

Daily Distance (km) 3 4 5

22 16

6 7

22 13

Ruth King

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

from

8 days land only

$1140

from

$1410

Aroumd

The Monastery, Petra

Morocco

Peaks and Valleys of the Atlas

Activity Level

During this varied and challenging trek we aim to summit Jebel Toubkal, North Africa's highest peak (4167m), Jebel Ouanakrim (4089m) and Jebel Adrar n'Dern (4001m). We also discover seldom-visited gorges, passes and valleys and are rewarded with spectacular views as far as the Sahara. Campsites are mostly in high valleys and one night we camp near Lac d’Ifni with the chance of an afternoon swim. When our trek is over we return to the fabulous city of Marrakech to cool off in its pleasant gardens or to visit the vibrant souks.

Trip Code

START

END

START

03 May 07 Jun 21 Jun 05 Jul

17 May 21 Jun 05 Jul 19 Jul

09 Aug 30 Aug 13 Sep 20 Sep

15 May 19 Jun 03 Jul 17 Jul

5 CHALLENGING

TMT

At a Glance • 12 days point-to-point walking • Between 4 to 8 hours walking a day • Altitude maximum 4167m, average 2400m • Group normally 6 to 16, plus local leaders. Min age 18 yrs • 8 nights camping, 3 nights gite, 3 nights hotel • All breakfasts, 11 lunches and 11 dinners included

23 Aug 13 Sep 27 Sep 04 Oct

5 Cross Tachdirt Pass to Tachdirt (3200m). 6 Trek to pass Tizi n Likemt and on to Likempt.

• Optional single supplement $220 (hotel and tent) • Free airport transfer for any flight

9 Trek though volcanic landscape of Aourai Pass; to the idyllic Lac d’Ifni.

IGH

Valley

Imlil

Ait Stimane

Adrar n’Dern

Aourai Pass

“A wonderful experience walking through villages, valleys and mountains.” Hugh Williams

11 Ascent of Mt Toubkal (4167m). 12 Ascent of Jebel Ouanoukrim (4089m); to village of Aroumd.

Trip Code

END

START

END

02 May 23 May 24 May* P 03 F Oct 17 Oct 24 Oct 25 Oct* P F 31 Oct

09 May 30 May 31 May 10 Oct 24 Oct 31 Oct 01 Nov 07 Nov

P F

13 Feb 14 Feb*

20 Feb 21 Feb

19 Mar 26 Mar

P F

Amman

JORDAN Desert Highway

Daily Distance (km) 13 10 13 13 11 19

8 9 10 11 12 13 2

10 8 9 8

At a Glance • 5 days point-to-point walking • Full porterage provided • Altitude maximum 1750m, average 1200m • Group normally 4 to 14, plus leader and local staff. Min age 16 yrs • 3 nights hotels, 1 night full-service basic camping, 3 nights semi-participatory wild camping • All breakfasts, 4 lunches and 4 dinners included

4 Trek towards Jebel Burdah; afternoon visit to the arch of Burdah. 5 To Um Fruth rock-bridge following Khor el Ajram to the Wadi Khashkhasheh.

26 Mar 02 Apr

Dead Sea

15 End Marrakech.

TXR

3 Traverse Siq el Barrah, a magnificent desert canyon with immense rock walls.

P F

• *Family departures (parents with children only - min. age 12) • Free airport transfer for any flight

Madaba

2 To Wadi Rum; meet the Bedouin team and venture into the desert.

P F

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

14 Guided tour of Marrakech; free afternoon.

4 MODERATE/CHALLENGING

1 Start Amman.

6 Leave the desert for Petra.

Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. • Optional single supplement $80 (3 hotel nights only) •

Itinerary - Day by Day

13 Aroumd to Imlil; transfer to Marrakech.

2 3 4 5 6 7

Some of the most spectacular desert scenery in the world is found in the south of Jordan at Wadi Rum, a place of dramatic beauty which provides an ideal environment for trekking. Millennia of erosion have formed wonderful mountains (known as jebels) that rise out of the desert sands, creating exciting terrain that we explore from the valley bottom to the jebel tops. Throughout the trip we will be accommpanied by local Bedouin and we shall be camping as they do, under the stars. Our trip will finish with a day visit to the ancient rock city of Petra, a must for any visitor to Jordan.

2016

10 Walk up to Ouanoums Gorge and Tizi n’Ouanoums Pass; to Toubkal Base Camp.

Activity Level

14 Feb 21 Feb 15 Feb* 22 Feb 21 Feb 28 Feb 14 Mar 21 Mar 21 Mar 28 Mar 28 Mar 04 Apr 04 Apr 11 Apr 05 Apr* 12 Apr 18 Apr 25 Apr

7/8 Ascent of Jebel Adrar n’Dern (4001m).

AS ATL Ourika

Magical desert trek l Visit the rose-red city of Petra l Night in a Bedouin camp

2015

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

trekking

Petra & Wadi Rum Trek

START

3 Trek through Berber villages to Oukaimden.

21 Aug 11 Sep 25 Sep 02 Oct

MOROCCO

2 Morning transfer and trek towards Tizi n Tkhfiste.

4 Descent to Iaabbasen.

07 Aug 28 Aug 11 Sep 18 Sep

Dates & Price Guide

1 Arrive to Marrakech.

2016 01 May 05 Jun 19 Jun 03 Jul

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

2015

Jordan

Ascend three peaks over 4000m l Explore remote Berber villages l Relax in historic Marrakech

Dates & Price Guide

MIDDLE EAST • JORDAN

NORTH AFRICA • MOROCCO

15 days land only

ACCOMMODATION

Throughout this tour we use comfortable, mid-range hotels with en suite facilities and air conditioning. Four nights will be spent in the desert, of which three nights will be in wild camps with no toilets or wash facilities. One night will be in our private Bedouin camp with traditional style tents sleeping 3 or 4 people.

7 A fascinating day visiting Petra, one of the world's foremost ancient sites; to Amman. 8 End Amman.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

5 15

5 6

15 5

Petra trekking area Wadi Rum

Red Sea

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

from

9 days land only

$930

from

Exploring the ruins of Petra

Oman

Jordan Walking Weekend

Float in the Dead Sea l Walk to the fabled city of Petra l Camp in Wadi Rum

Activity Level

For those short on time, our long weekend in Jordan encompasses the very best for trekking in this alluring country. Following a float in the Dead Sea, delve deep into the heart of the Wadi Rum to enjoy a short trek through an incredible desert landscape, experiencing life with the Bedouin and sleeping under the stars. Culminating with a unforgettable walk around the rose-red city of Petra and time at the Red Sea, this short visit will surely live long in the memory.

Trip Code

START

END

20 Feb 10 Apr 22 May 02 Oct 16 Oct

24 Feb 14 Apr 26 May 06 Oct 20 Oct

19 Feb 08 Apr

P F

23 Feb 12 Apr

• Optional single supplement $90 • Free airport transfer for any flight

Amman Dead Sea

JORDAN Desert Highway 23 Feb 12 Apr 0

Petra

Aqaba Red Sea

LEISURELY/MODERATE

TXW

At a Glance • 2 days moderate walking • Full porterage provided • Altitude maximum 1750m, average 1200m • Group normally 4 to 14, plus leader and local staff. Min age 16 yrs • 3 nights 3-star hotels. 1 night full-service basic camping • All breakfasts and 1 dinner included

2 To Wadi Rum camp via the Dead Sea for a float in its salty waters; evening walk in the spectacular desert surroundings close to the camp. 3 Transfer to Petra; to walk from Beidah (Little Petra) to the rose-red city; afternoon tour of the world heritage site of Petra.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

19 Feb 08 Apr 0

1 Start Amman.

2016

Itinerary - Day by Day

2015

trekking area Wadi Rum

“I loved every minute! From floating in the Dead Sea, trekking in the desert, sleeping under the stars and exploring Petra – so many highlights in so few days.”

$2190

View over Jebel Akhdar

Jordan

Dates & Price Guide

MIDDLE EAST • OMAN

MIDDLE EAST • JORDAN

5 days land only

4 Drive to Aqaba for a free day to enjoy snorkelling, sunbathing or diving in the Red Sea. 5 End Aqaba.

Trekking in Oman 5

Activity Level

Oman, perhaps the most beautiful Gulf State, boasts a rugged landscape with a mountain range whose rock formations are both spectacular and of immense geological interest. In the wild Hajar mountains we'll walk through huge wadis and soaring valleys, passing occasional abandoned villages. By contrast we finish with a stunning cliff-top coastal walk, with incredible views back to the Eastern Hajar mountains. There is also time to explore Muscat old town, and Nizwa Fort, the former capital.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

2015

31 Jan 28 Feb 28 Mar 12 Sep 03 Oct 24 Oct

23 Jan 27 Feb 26 Mar

6 Trek through mountainous terrain passing abandoned villages and dry canyons; transfer to Nizwa; traditional dinner at local restaurant.

Muscat

7 Jebel Nakhal

Nakhal Fort

Jebel Shams

Nizwa

• 4 days walking and 2 half-day walks • Luggage is transported by jeep • Low altitude throughout • Group normally 6 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 2 nights hotels and 6 nights wild camping • All breakfasts, 8 lunches and 6 dinners included

5 Hike across Jebel Akhdar; afternoon walk through terraces.

Gulf of Oman

At a Glance

4 Walk Oman’s Grand Canyon ‘Balcony Walk’; drive to Wadi Tanuf to explore the abandoned village; to Jebel Akhdar camp.

• Optional single supplement $250 (hotel and tent)

l A k

TXM

3 Trek to Nakhal Fort; transfer to mountain village; afternoon 4WD to Jebel Shams.

31 Jan 06 Mar 03 Apr

2 Morning visit Grand Mosque and souks; walk to city view point; afternoon drive to camp site.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

4 MODERATE/CHALLENGING

1 Fly to Muscat

08 Feb 08 Mar 05 Apr 20 Sep 11 Oct 01 Nov 2016

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

Daily Distance (km) 3 4

Stunning canyons l Remote abandoned villages l True wilderness camping

OMAN

Ramlah

trekking areas

ACCOMMODATION

7 Explore Nizwaincluding the cattle market and fort; to camp.

There will be 2 nights at standard hotels. All rooms have en suite facilities. There will be 6 nights spent at wild camps. These sites are selected for their location. Camping in the wilds is a wonderful opportunity to experience true remote country.The tents provided comfortably sleep two people. Mattresses are also provided.

8 Full day coastal walk along cliffs and into wadis. 9 Morning walk to Muscat port;end Muscat.

Daily Distance (km) 3 4 5

6 9 9

6 8 9

5 14 10

Megan Devenish

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

Sub-Saharan Africa

TRIP NAME

TRIP CODE

ACTIVITY LEVEL PAGE

Kilimanjaro Climb - Rongai Route

TYW

Kilimanjaro Climb - Lemosho Route

TYR

Kilimanjaro & Zanzibar

TYZ

Kilimanjaro - Rongai Route & Safari

TYX

Kilimanjaro - Lemosho Route & Safari

TYU

Kilimanjaro, Ngorongoro & Zanzibar

TYC

Mt Kenya Ascent

TYA

Ethiopia: Simien Mountains Trek

TYE

South African Walking Safari

TZS

Trekking in Madagascar

TZM

Main Photograph: Lowland Simien Mountains, Ethiopia. Page 89.

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

8 days land only

Proven Success: Exodus is the number one operator on Kilimanjaro. We take more clients to the summit than any other travel company.

from

Expert Knowledge: With numerous office staff who have summited, some over 30 times, we can advise you on the right route for your needs.

Safety Measures: We offer one of the highest guide to client ratios on the mountain: 1 guide to 2 clients. They carry portable oxygen to treat altitude sickness, should this be needed. Valued Guides: We are passionate about giving something back to the local community and sponsor a local porter project (see below). Importantly we also pay our guides one of the highest salaries on Kilimanjaro.

There is nothing quite like it anywhere else on Earth. The world’s tallest freestanding mountain is a challenge, no doubt, but the rewards are immense, not only the sense of accomplishment reaching the 5895m summit, but the views, camaraderie and overall experience are hard to beat.

No Hidden Charges: All our prices include Kilimanjaro park fees.

Which route? We use the Rongai and Lemosho routes instead of Marangu or Machame because: • Both are comparatively quiet, wilderness routes, well away from the crowded climbs. Only 10% of Kilimanjaro climbers ascend by these two routes.

Kilimanjaro Climb - Rongai Route 1

• We have added extra days to the standard itineraries set by the national park to help aid acclimatisation and to help you reach Uhuru Peak, at 5895m (19340ft) the highest point in Africa.

Kilimanjaro Porter Project Exodus values its leaders and staff, and sets the standard for best practice on Kilimanjaro. Exodus is a member of the Kilimanjaro Porters Assistance Project (KPAP) and adheres to the guidelines for proper porter treatment, and pays one of the highest wages on the mountain. During the long rains (April-June), the non-trekking season, Exodus also funds a school to teach English to its porters and other local staff, and sponsors individuals for further study.

Lemosho Forest

Shira 1

MACHAME

Moir Hut

Third Buffalo Cave Camp

Second Cave Kikelewa Camp

School SUMMIT Shira Hut Hut Mawenzi Lava Tarn Tower Kibo Camp Barranco Barafu Hut Horombo Hut Karanga River Mandara

UMBWE

Mweka Camp Marangu Park Gate

Mweka Gate

MWEKA MARANGU ARUSHA MOSHI KILIMANJARO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT

Rongai Route Lemosho Route

HIMO

Main Photograph: Glaciers at the summit of Mount Kilimanjaro.

LONDOROSSI

With its gentle gradient and sense of unspoilt wilderness, the Rongai Route approaches Kilimanjaro from the north and is less crowded than the most popular trails. We trek through farmlands, forest and alpine moorlands on our approach to the beautiful summit cone. This route allows an extra day for acclimatisation under the imposing spires of Mawenzi, before the arduous final ascent. The final climb begins in darkness but our reward is an incomparable dawn vista over the sweeping East African plains.

Trip Code

03 Jan# 17 Jan 14 Feb 21 Feb 01 Mar# 04 Apr 16 May 11 Jul 15 Aug 22 Aug# 05 Sep 12 Sep 23 Sep 26 Sep 24 Oct # 31 Oct 05 Dec 15 Dec

09 Jan 23 Jan# 20 Feb# 27 Feb 26 Mar 14 May# 18 Jun# 16 Jul# 13 Aug# 27 Aug 03 Sep 17 Sep 01 Oct 15 Oct

TYW

At a Glance • 6 days point-to-point walking • Full porterage throughout • Altitude maximum 5895m, average 3600m • Group normally 4 to 15, plus local leader. Min age 18 yrs • 2 nights hotels and 5 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 5 dinners included

2 Begin ascent through Rongai Forest (2600m). 3 Climb to Kikelewa moorland (3600m). 4 Steady ascent beneath Mawenzi (4330m); afternoon acclimatisation.

P F

5 Cross lunar desert of the ‘Saddle’ to Kibo, at the bottom of summit cone (4750m).

P F

6 Early start to reach Gillman’s Point in time for sunrise over the crater rim; on to Uhuru Peak, the highest point in Africa (5895m). Descend to Horombo (3720m). P F

7 Continue descent to Mandara and Marangu. TRIP EXTENSION

16 Jan 30 Jan 27 Feb 05 Mar 02 Apr 21 May 25 Jun 23 Jul 20 Aug 03 Sep 10 Sep 24 Sep 08 Oct 22 Oct

Safari or Zanzibar

P F

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. • Optional single supplement $300 (includes single tent) • Trip extension available - see Trip Notes • #Full moon departure • ‡Lunar eclipse on summit day

P Premium F departure

6 CHALLENGING/TOUGH

1 Start Marangu.

10 Jan 24 Jan 21 Feb 28 Feb 08 Mar 11 Apr 23 May 18 Jul 22 Aug 29 Aug 12 Sep 19 Sep 30 Sep 03 Oct 31 Oct 07 Nov 12 Dec 22 Dec 2016

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

2015

www.exodustravels.com/walking-holidays/walkingand-trekking-guides

Activity Level

START

Need to know more? Download our Kilimanjaro Trekking Guide, absolutely free and written by our trekking experts.

Africa's highest mountain l Lesser-used Rongai Route l Watch sunrise over the summit

Dates & Price Guide

Kilimanjaro Trekking Guide

KENYA

Celebrations on the summit, 5895m

Tanzania

• Both traverse the mountain using different ascent and descent routes, so no backtracking, giving time to explore the different climatic zones, wildlife and scenery.

RONGAI

$2660

Mount Kilimanjaro

Excellent Quality: An impressive standard of camping equipment, delicious food and knowledgeable guides have won each of our Kilimanjaro treks an impressive online client rating of 4.5 stars or above.

TANZANIA

AFRICA • TANZANIA

Why Exodus?

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

Why not extend your trip on a 2 or 3 night safari; visit Lake Manyara and the world famous Ngorongoro Crater, known for its breathtaking landscape and abundant wildlife - over 20,000 animals can often be found on the crater floor. Alternatively lie on the white sandy beaches of Zanzibar, swim in the stunning azure waters and explore the winding alleyways and bustling bazaars of Stone Town. See Trip Notes for details.

8 End Marangu.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

7 15 8

5 6 7

10 10 22

from

11 days land only

$3420

from

$4090

Views of the Southern Ice field on Kilimanjaro

Decken Glacier

Tanzania

Kilimanjaro Climb - Lemosho Route 1

Tanzania 2

Activity Level

Taking the western approach we cross the caldera of Shira Volcano, traversing beneath the southern icefields of Kibo, Kilimanjaro's highest volcano. We have eight days on Africa's highest mountain, which means plenty of time for acclimatisation and soaking up the ever-changing scenery. This is one of the least trekked routes allowing us to savour the immense and wild Shira Plateau. This itinerary gives you an excellent chance of reaching the summit: approximately 96% of people trekking the Lemosho Route with Exodus stand on the roof of Africa.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide END

START

END

08 Jan 15 Jan 22 Jan 29 Jan# 05 Feb 19 Feb 27 Feb# 09 Apr 04 Jun 18 Jun* 02 Jul# 16 Jul 19 Jul

17 Jan 24 Jan 31 Jan 07 Feb 14 Feb 28 Feb 08 Mar 18 Apr 13 Jun 27 Jun 11 Jul 25 Jul 28 Jul

07 Jan 21 Jan# 04 Feb 18 Feb# 24 Mar 19 May# 16 Jun# 07 Jul 21 Jul 02 Aug‡ 04 Aug

16 Jan 30 Jan 13 Feb 27 Feb 02 Apr 28 May 25 Jun 16 Jul 30 Jul 11 Aug 13 Aug

04 Aug‡ 06 Aug 16 Aug 20 Aug‡ P 10 F Sep 17 Sep 21 Sep** 24 Sep# 08 Oct 15 Oct 22 Oct# 12 Nov 17 Dec#

13 Aug 15 Aug 25 Aug 29 Aug 19 Sep 26 Sep 30 Sep 03 Oct 17 Oct 24 Oct 31 Oct 21 Nov 26 Dec

P F

CHALLENGING/TOUGH

TYR

At a Glance • 8 days point-to-point walking • Full porterage throughout • Altitude maximum 5895m, average 4000m • Group normally 4 to 15, plus local leader and appropriate staff. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights full-service camping and 2 nights hotels • All breakfasts, 8 lunches and 7 dinners included

25 Aug 27 Aug 10 Sep 24 Sep 08 Oct 15 Oct 22 Oct 05 Nov 26 Nov 30 Dec

P F

4 Walk to the summit of Shira Cathedral to camp at Shira Hut (3840m). 5 Descend to camp at Great Barranco Valley (3900m). 6 Over the Barranco Wall to Karanga (4000m).

• **Lunar eclipse on summit day • ‡Family departures (parents with children only - min. age 13) • Trip Extension available - see pg 83

FEMALE CREW DEPARTURE P F

18th June 2015 We have scheduled as many female staff on the mountain crew as possible on the 18th June departure. Exodus has both female assistant guides and porters regularly working on the mountain, providing them with a decent salary for their families. Many of these women are training to become chief guides in this traditional patriachal society. Join them on this departure and find out just how strong and enthusiastic they are!

Kilimanjaro & Zanzibar 9

Dates & Price Guide

16 Feb 22 Jun 17 Aug 14 Sep 26 Oct

CHALLENGING/TOUGH

TYZ

At a Glance • 6 days point-to-point walking • Full porterage throughout • Altitude maximum 5895m, average 3600m • Group normally 4 to 15, plus local leader and appropriate staff. Min age 18 yrs (no leader whilst on Zanzibar) • 5 nights hotels and 5 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 10 dinners included

Itinerary - Day by Day

26 Feb 02 Jul 27 Aug 24 Sep 05 Nov

1 Start Marangu. 2 Arrive Kilimanjaro and transfer to Marangu. 3 Begin ascent through Rongai Forest (2600m).

2016

4 Climb to Kikelewa moorland (3600m).

Feb 0 Mar 20 Jun 30 Jun 15 Aug 25 Aug 10 Oct 20 Oct

5 Steady ascent beneath Mawenzi (4330m); afternoon acclimatisation.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

6 Cross lunar desert of the 'Saddle' to Kibo, at the bottom of summit cone (4750m).

• Optional single supplement $490 (includes hotels and single tent)

ACCOMMODATION

Full-Service Camping

KENYA Kilimanjaro Marangu

TANZANIA

6 5 7 3 8 9 5

END

10 End Arusha.

7 8 10 8

Trip Code

Arusha

Daily Distance (km)

The Rongai Route approaches Kilimanjaro using a less travelled trail. It is the known as the 'easiest', due to its relatively gentle gradient and short daily stages. After the exhilaration of the trek, there is no better way to come back down to earth (and sea level!) than to dip your toes in the crystal clear Indian Ocean off Zanzibar, the perfect place to round off your adventure. There is time to snorkel, lounge by the swimming pool or under the natural shade of the palm trees whilst watching fishermen pass by.

8 An early start to reach Stella Point in time for sunrise; on to Uhuru Peak (5895m), the highest point in Africa; descend to Millennium Camp (3800m). 9 To Mweka Gate; transfer to Arusha.

Activity Level

7 Steep ascent to Barafu campsite (4600m), with optional afternoon ascent to bottom of S.E. Valley (4800m).

2 3 4 5

The Rongai Route l Stand on ‘Roof of Africa' l Zanzibar's beaches

2015

3 Explore Shira Plateau; camp at Shira One (3550m).

P F

START

2 To Londorossi; begin ascent to Lemosho Forest (2650m). P F

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $350 (includes single tent) • *Female crew departure - see Trip Notes • #Full moon departure

1 Start Arusha.

2016 16 Aug‡ 18 Aug# P 01 F Sep 15 Sep# 29 Sep 06 Oct# 13 Oct 27 Oct 17 Nov P F 21 Dec

Itinerary - Day by Day

2015

Extra acclimatisation day l See the curvature of the Earth l Varied scenery

START

AFRICA • TANZANIA

10 days land only

Zanzibar

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

The Kilimanjaro climb is based on full-service camping. Local porters carry all baggage and equipment, and cooking and camp work is their responsibility. All communal camping and kitchen equipment is provided and local staff take care of all the other chores, including erecting and taking down the tents. The tents provided are spacious, modern, geodesic three-person dome tents. A large communal dining tent and a private toilet tent are also provided.

7 Early start to reach Gillman's Point in time for sunrise over the crater rim; on to Uhuru Peak, the highest point in Africa (5895m). Descend to Horombo (3720m). 8 Fly to Zanzibar; transfer to the south-east coast of the island with its dazzling white beaches and clear waters. 9 10 Free time at the beach, with optional excursions to explore Stone Town. 11 Free morning; afternoon end Stone Town.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

7 15 8

5 6 7

10 10 22

from

13 days land only

$4090

from

13 days land only

$5890

from

Tree-climbing lion

Tanzania

Kilimanjaro - Rongai Route & Safari

Kilimanjaro - Lemosho Route & Safari

Safari in Ngorongoro Crater l Spot tree-climbing lions

Safari in Ngorongoro and Serengeti l Explore Olduvai Gorge

Trip Code

2 Begin ascent through Rongai Forest (2600m).

At a Glance

3 Climb to Kikelewa moorland (3600m). 4 Steady ascent beneath jagged peaks of Mawenzi (4330m); afternoon acclimatisation. 5 Cross lunar desert of the ‘Saddle’ to Kibo, at the bottom of summit cone (4750m). 6 Early start to reach Gillman’s Point in time for sunrise over the crater rim: on to Uhuru Peak, the highest point in Africa (5895m). Descend to Horombo (3720m). 7 Continue descent through forest to Mandara and Marangu; drive to Arusha. 8 Drive from Arusha to Tarangire. Game viewing in Tarangire N.P. 9 Full day excursion to Ngorongoro Conservation Area.

Daily Distance (km) 15 8

5 6 7

• 6 days point-to-point walking • Full porterage throughout • Safari vehicles used • Altitude max 5895m, average 3600m • Group normally 4 to 15, plus local leader. Min age 18 yrs • 2 nights hotels, 2 nights permanent camp and 5 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 9 lunches and 9 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide START

END

2015

10 Game drive in Lake Manyara N.P. Transfer to Arusha; end.

CHALLENGING/TOUGH

TYX

1 Start Marangu.

2 3 4

Activity Level

Itinerary - Day by Day

10 10 22

12 Jan 15 Jun 24 Aug 14 Sep 19 Oct

21 Jan 24 Jun 02 Sep 23 Sep 28 Oct 2016

KENYA Ngorongoro Crater Lake Manyara Tarangire

Arusha

Kilimanjaro Marangu

TANZANIA

• Optional single supplement $350 (includes single tent)

Tanzania

Kilimanjaro, Ngorongoro & Zanzibar

After a rewarding climb on Kilimanjaro's Lemosho Route, go on safari in Tanzania's national parks. First is great wildlife viewing in the natural sanctuary of Ngorongoro Crater, the best chance to see the threatened rhinoceros, as well as an abundance of other wildlife. Follow this with the vast open plains of the Serengeti, teeming with wildlife, especially during the seasonal wildebeest migration, and benefit from a flight back to Arusha, maximising our game 7 viewing time. 8 9 10 1

Itinerary - Day by Day

At a Glance

4 Walk to Shira Cathedral to camp at Shira Hut. 5 Descend; camp at Great Barranco Valley. 6 Over the Barranco Wall to Karanga. 7 Steep ascent to Barafu campsite, with optional afternoon ascent to bottom of S.E. Valley. 8 An early start to reach Stella Point in time for sunrise: on to Uhuru Peak. Descend to Millennium Camp. 9 To Mweka Gate; transfer to Arusha. 10 Crater game drive in Ngorongoro. 11 To Serengeti via Olduvai Gorge, afternoon game drive. 12 Full day in Serengeti. 13 Fly to Arusha; end.

Serengeti Plains

KENYA

Olduvai Ngorongoro Crater

Kilimanjaro

Arusha

TANZANIA

• 8 days point-to-point walking • Full porterage throughout • Altitude max 5895m, average 4000m • Group normally 4 to 15, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 3 nights comfortable hotels, 2 nights permanent camp and 7 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 12 lunches and 11 dinners included

PREMIUM 2

Trek Africa's highest mountain l Breathtaking Ngorongoro Crater l Zanzibar's crystal clear waters

CHALLENGING/TOUGH

TYU

Trip Code

2 To Londorossi; begin ascent to Lemosho Forest. 3 Explore Shira Plateau; camp at Shira One.

Activity Level

1 Start Arusha.

Feb 9 Mar 13 Jun 22 Jun 29 Aug 07 Sep 24 Oct 02 Nov Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

$5890

Giant ground cell plants on Kilimanjaro

Tanzania

After a strenuous climb of Kilimanjaro, this trip offers ample game viewing opportunities in two of Tanzania's national parks, plus the magnificent Ngorongoro Conservation Area. Lake Manyara is well known for its bird life and tree-climbing lions, Tarangire for its elephants, while the stunning Ngorongoro Crater is home to the largest concentration of wildlife anywhere in Africa, the perfect ending to a varied trip.

AFRICA • TANZANIA

10 days land only

This trip offers the best of Tanzania: incredible wildlife viewing, trekking Kilimanjaro and the crystal waters of the Indian Ocean. Go on safari at Lake Manyara, a diverse park of landscape and wildlife, before moving on to Ngorongoro Crater, a magnificent UNESCO World Heritage Site and one of Africa's wildlife hotspots. Trek the Rongai Route to the 9 10 summit of Kilimanjaro where you'll see the curvature of the Earth, before relaxing on the pristine beaches of Zanzibar. Dates & Price Guide START

24 Jan 21 Feb 29 Aug 31 Oct

18 Jan 22 Feb 15 Aug 17 Oct

30 Jan 05 Mar 27 Aug 29 Oct

START

19 Feb* 02 Jul 20 Aug 17 Sep 22 Oct

7 8 10 8

• 6 days point-to-point walking • Full porterage throughout • Altitude maximum 5895m, average 3600m • Group normally 4 to 16 plus local leader. Min age 18 yrs • 5 nights hotels, 2 nights lodges and 5 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 9 lunches and 12 dinners included

P P P P

F F F F

5 Climb to Kikelewa Moorland.

4 Begin Kilimanjaro ascent through Rongai Forest.

6 Steady ascent beneath jagged peaks of Mawenzi; afternoon acclimatisation. 7 Cross lunar desert of the ‘Saddle’ to Kibo.

• Optional single supplement $570 (single hotels and tent)

8 Early start to reach Gillman’s Point in time for sunrise; on to Uhuru Peak, the highest point in Africa; descend to Horombo. 9 Continue descent to Mandara and Marangu; drive to Arusha.

Ngorongoro Crater

Arusha Kilimanjaro

Lake Manyara

Marangu

TANZANIA

Zanzibar

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4 5

At a Glance

3 Game drive in Ngorongoro Crater; transfer to Arusha.

2016

KENYA

Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $560 (includes single tent) • *Migration season

TYC

Trip Code

2 Game drive in Lake Manyara; return to Conservation Area.

END

03 Mar 14 Jul 01 Sep 29 Sep 03 Nov

F F F F

2015

6 CHALLENGING/TOUGH

P P P P

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

Dates & Price Guide

1 Start Arusha; transfer to nearby Ngorongoro Conservation Area.

2015 12 Jan 09 Feb 17 Aug 19 Oct

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

Activity Level

6 5 7 3 8 11 9 5

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

ACCOMMODATION

10 Fly to Zanzibar; transfer to beach.

While on safari we stay at a hillside lodge within the Ngorongoro Conservation Area. All rooms are en suite with their own veranda. There is also a swimmimg pool and a large open bar and dining area with wonderful views. On Zanzibar we stay at the Fumba Beach Lodge which has a private beach, pool and spacious rooms.

11 Day at the beach. 12 Free time to relax by the pool or explore. 13 End Zanzibar.

Daily Distance (km) 4 5 6

7 15 8

7 8 9

10 10 22

from

13 days land only

$1900

from

Sunrise over Mt Kenya

Ethiopia

Mt Kenya Ascent

Africa's second highest mountain l Burguret to Sirimon Circuit l Sunrise over the Kenyan plains

Activity Level

The majestic triple peaks of Mt Kenya are a sight to behold. Following less used routes, we follow the Burguret Route and Sirimon Trail to ascend and descend, passing spectacular alpine moorland, forests, glaciers and tarns. Our goal is Point Lenana, at 4985m, the second highest trekking peak in Africa. Snow-capped for much of the year, it is arguably a more beautiful mountain than neighbouring Kilimanjaro. We add an acclimatisation day to the trek as we pass the technical peaks of Batian (5199m) and Nelion (5188m).

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide 14 Feb 11 Jul 10 Oct 13 Feb 16 Jul 08 Oct

CHALLENGING/TOUGH

TYA

At a Glance • 5 days point-to-point walking • Full porterage throughout • Altitude maximum 4985m, average 3500m • Group normally 3 to 12, plus local leader. Min age 18 yrs • 1 night basic lodge and 4 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 5 dinners included

1 Start Nairobi; transfer to Mountain Rock Lodge (1950m); acclimatisation walk to Mau Mau Caves.

19 Feb 16 Jul 15 Oct

2 Begin trek to Giant Bamboo Camp (2600m).

2016

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

2015

3 Ascend to Highland Castle Camp (3700m).

18 Feb 21 Jul 13 Oct

4 Scenic summit circuit to Shipton’s Camp (4236m). 5 Final ascent to Point Lenana (4985m); descend to Old Moses Camp (3340m).

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $180

6 Descend; drive to Nairobi; end. Nanyuki Mountain Rock Lodge

Old Moses Camp Sirimon Route

Shipton’s Camp Lenana

Batian Burguret Route Highland Castle from/to Nairobi

MOUNT KENYA

KENYA

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4

10 12 10

5 6

23 9

“A high altitude trek with a difference! More diversity, contrast and beauty than any other trekkable African peak.”

Ethiopia: Simien Mountains Trek 9

Spectacular natural beauty l Remote mountain villages l Fantastic endemic wildlife

Activity Level

The dramatic skyline of peaks and jagged volcanic plugs towering over the highland plateaux of the Simien Mountains compete with rugged gorges and deep gullies to form what is, arguably, the most awe-inspiring landscape in Africa. As we trek through this distant mountain range we pass small hamlets where villagers eke out an existence from the limited arable land. We come across large troops of Gelada baboons foraging on the escarpment, and, with luck, spot Walia ibex and Ethiopian wolves.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

END

2015

16 Feb 02 Mar 05 Oct 19 Oct 02 Nov 16 Nov 30 Nov

TYE

At a Glance • 10 days point-to-point walking • Luggage transported on mules • Good physical condition required • Altitude maximum 4543m, average 3300m • Group size 5 to 18, plus local and UK leaders. Min age 18 yrs • 9 nights wild camping and 4 nights standard hotels • All breakfasts, 9 lunches and 9 dinners included

2 Fly to Gondar; tour castles and Debre Birhan Selassie church. 3 Drive to Debark; start trekking to Buyit Ras Camp. 4 Trek to Geech via Jinbar Waterfall.

23 Jan 27 Feb 12 Mar 15 Oct 29 Oct 12 Nov 26 Nov 10 Dec

5 Daywalk to Imetgogo. 6 Trek to Chennek via Enatyie Escarpment. 7 Trek to Ambiko; ascend Bwuhit. 8 Ascent of Ras Dashen, highest point in Ethiopia.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

9 Trek to Sona via Arkwasiye.

• Optional single supplement $350

Debark Gondar

Lake Tana

10 Descend to Ansiya Wenz River and on to Lamo Camp. 11 Continue to Mulit Camp.

Ras Dashen Simien Mountains

Alistair Grice

P Premium F departure

5 CHALLENGING

1 Start Addis Ababa; half-day city tour.

2016 11 Jan 15 Feb Feb 03 Oct 17 Oct 31 Oct 14 Nov 28 Nov

Itinerary - Day by Day

28 Feb 14 Mar 17 Oct 31 Oct 14 Nov 28 Nov 12 Dec

ETHIOPIA

$3230

Views over the Simien Mountains

Kenya

START

AFRICA • ETHIOPIA

AFRICA • KENYA

6 days land only

Addis Ababa

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

12 Short walk to Adi Arkay where the trek finishes; drive to Gondar. RESPONSIBLE TOURISM

Education is a key factor for both the development of the inhabitants of the Simien Mountains and for environmental conservation. Some of our leaders along with Exodus clients have been supporting a small local school, Debre Chewa, benefiting a number of surrounding communities.

13 Fly to Addis; trip ends.

Daily Distance (km) 3 4 5 6 7

13 21 10 13 17

8 9 10 11 12

21 21 10 17 7

from

14 days land only

$2950

from

Drakensberg Mountains

Madagascar

South African Walking Safari

Hike through the Drakensberg l Safari in Kruger l Visit the kingdom of Swaziland

Activity Level

Rugged mountains, open grasslands, deep canyons and ancient woodlands characterise the immense beauty and diversity of eastern South Africa. We spend our days exploring this vast land: tracking its wildlife on foot, hiking through its highlands and forests and going on game drives in the famous Kruger National Park. We complete our journey with a visit to the lesser-known kingdom of Swaziland and enjoy a boat tour in St Lucia's wetlands.

Trip Code

START

END

START

END

2015 17 Jan 14 Feb* 04 Apr 11 Jul

31 Jan 28 Feb 18 Apr 25 Jul

08 Aug 05 Sep 10 Oct 31 Oct 2016

22 Aug 19 Sep 24 Oct 14 Nov

16 Jan 30 Jan 13 Feb* 27 Feb 19 Mar 02 Apr 16 Apr 30 Apr 09 Jul 23 Jul

06 Aug 03 Sep 08 Oct 30 Oct

20 Aug 17 Sep 22 Oct 13 Nov

3 MODERATE

TZS

At a Glance • 6½ days walking • Mixture of wildlife spotting and hiking • Altitude maximum 2900m, average 1250m • Group normally 4 to 12, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 9 nights log cabins and chalets (2 nights in dorms) and 5 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 14 lunches and 14 dinners included

Morning hike; afternoon at Pilgrim’s Rest.

Explore Panorama Route; optional afternoon walk.

Rainforest hike.

To Edemo private reserve; sunset game drives.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

Morning game walk; afternoon visit Reptile Park.

• Optional single supplement $410 • *Migratory bird season

Transfer to Kruger N.P.; afternoon game drive.

Morning game drive; transfer to Swaziland.

Full day walk in Malolotja.

Visit craft market and on to St Lucia.

Morning boat cruise and game walk; free afternoon.

Transfer to Royal Natal N.P.

Tzaneen

Johannesburg

SOUTH AFRICA Drakensberg

walking

LESOTHO

Malolotja N.P.

Kruger N.P. Mbabane

SWAZILAND Royal Natal N.P.

St Lucia Indian Ocean

“Three of the walks we did on the trip should be included in anyone’s top day walks of the world. Excellent value for money.”

Trekking in Madagascar 6

29 Mar 05 Jul 16 Aug 30 Aug 13 Sep 27 Sep

11 Apr 18 Jul 29 Aug 12 Sep 26 Sep 10 Oct

27 Mar 03 Jul 14 Aug 28 Aug 11 Sep 25 Sep

09 Apr 16 Jul 27 Aug 10 Sep 24 Sep 08 Oct

2016

MADAGASCAR Ambositra Ambalavao Isalo N.P.

Tulear

Andringitra N.P. Peak Boby

Ranohira

walking areas

Roger Reeves

MODERATE/CHALLENGING

TZM

At a Glance • 5 days walking with full porterage, 3 shorter daywalks • Luggage porterage included • Altitude maximum 2658m, average 500m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 18 yrs • 8 nights hotels with en suite facilities, 5 nights full-service camping, some basic campsites, all with shared facilities • All breakfasts, 5 lunches and 5 dinners included

Start Antananarivo.

Morning city tour; transfer to Ambositra.

To Antoetra; full-day trek through hills and rice fields, visiting local villages.

Transfer to Ranomafana N.P.

Morning visit to Ranomafana N.P.; transfer to Ambalavao in the afternoon.

6/7/8 Early transfer to Andringitra N.P. to start the three-day trek to climb Peak Boby.

Antananarivo

Ifaty

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

• Optional single supplement $510

16 15

Trip Code

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

11 5 13 14

This exciting itinerary allows us to experience the incredible diversity of Madagascar, predominantly on foot. We trek in Andringitra National Park, one of the most beautiful and biodiverse parks on the island, and in Isalo National Park with its unique landscape of rock formations, deep canyons, waterfalls and natural swimming pools. We go in search of lemurs in Anja Reserve and visit Ranomafana National Park, walking through spectacular scenery in the hope of spotting endemic lemurs, including dancing sifakas. Throughout the trip, the unique wildlife of this island will enchant and amaze.

Morning walk in the Drakensberg; transfer to Johannesburg; end Johannesburg.

16 18

2015

Daily Distance (km) 2 4 6 9

Activity Level

13/14 Two days hiking in the Drakensberg Mountains. 15

Trek in Isalo National Park l Climb Peak Boby l See lemurs in the wild

START

Start Johannesburg; to Graskop.

Mpumalanga

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day 1

Blyde River Canyon Pilgrim's Rest

$3390

Andringitra National Park

South Africa, Swaziland

Dates & Price Guide

AFRICA • MADAGASCAR

AFRICA • SOUTH AFRICA, SWAZILAND

15 days land only

“A breathtaking trip, with the perfect balance of stunning scenery, fascinating wildlife, cultural experiences and wonderful people!”

Visit Anya Reserve to look for Ring-tailed lemurs; to Isalo N.P.

10/11 Two-day trek in Isalo N.P. 12

To west coast and beaches; overnight in Ifaty.

Free time for relaxation or optional activities at Ifaty beach.

Fly to Antananarivo and end.

Daily Distance (km) 2 2 3 5 6

13 15 9

7 8 10 11

13 7 7 8

Alison Church

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

Asia TRIP NAME

TRIP CODE

ACTIVITY LEVEL PAGE

NEPAL Everest Base Camp

TNT

Everest Base Camp & Gokyo Lakes

TNE

High Passes to Everest Base Camp

TNG

Everest North Col

TCC

Chulu Far East

TNY

Mera Peak

TNB

Annapurna Sanctuary

TNS

Annapurna Circuit

TNQ

100

Mini Annapurna Circuit

TNH

101

Annapurna in Luxury

TNX

101

Langtang & Gosainkund

TNL

102

TNN

103

Shangri La Trek

NEW

BHUTAN The Bumthang Valley

TBB

103

Bhutan: Land of The Thunder Dragon

TBC

104

INDIA Ladakh: Stok Kangri Climb

TGP

105

Trails of Ladakh

TGX

106

Ladakh: The Markha Valley

106

TGR

Grand Traverse of the Indian Himalaya

TGI

107

In Search of the Snow Leopard

TGL

108

Darjeeling, Sikkim & The Singalila Ridge

TBS

108

Spice Trails of Kerala

TGK

109

Highlands of Sri Lanka

TGY

110

THE FAR EAST Trekking in Burma Indonesia Volcano Trek

TOM TOJ

NEW

111

112

Trails of Borneo

AOB

113

Mt Fuji & the Japanese Alps

TOP

114

Walking the Great Wall

TCW

115

Main Photograph: Bromo, Indonesia. Page 112

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

ASIA • NEPAL

16 days land only from

Why Exodus?

Views of Everest from Kala Pattar, 5545m

Experience: We are the UK pioneers for group teahouse treks (simple but comfortable mountain lodges) and have successfully operated them for over 30 years.

Nepal

Everest Base Camp

Safety Measures: Your safety is paramount to us. We offer one of the highest guide to client ratios on the mountain, at least 1 guide to 4 clients, and on high altitude treks carry ‘Portable Altitude Chambers’ (PAC bags), used to treat altitude sickness, should this be needed. Valued Guides: We are proud to say that we have some of the most exceptional and experienced guides in Nepal. Many of them have been working with us for up to 20 years! Training: Your enjoyment depends on the quality of the trek crew, hence we invest heavily in the training of our local staff.

www.exodustravels.com/responsible-travel

TIBET

Cho Oyu Kala Pattar

Base Camp

Everest Lhotse

Gokyo Valley

Dingboche

Taweche

Pangboche

Ama Dablam

Namche Bazaar Phakding

Everest Base Camp trek

Lukla

Main Photograph: Approach to Kangshung Face of Everest, Tibet. Page 97.

Everest The Himalayas are the natural habitat for any born trekker. This extensive range is crowned at 8848m by Mount Everest, the tallest and possibly greatest mountain on Earth. Its jagged peak is a magnificent sight at any angle, whether soaring above Everest Base Camp or seen from more distant trails.

Activity Level

Taking you to the most iconic base camp of all, at the foot of the greatest mountain in the world, Mount Everest (8848m), this is one of the world's classic treks. Walking through Sherpa country past cultivated fields and small villages, we have time to acclimatise before reaching spectacular high altitude scenery: the incredible monastery at Thyangboche, views of Ama Dablam, Everest and other mighty Himalayan peaks. As well as reaching Base Camp, we have the opportunity to climb Kala Pattar (5545m) for a breathtaking view of the highest mountain on Earth.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

START

END

2015

From installing over 100 solar cookers and smokeless stoves in the Everest region to implementing a nowater-bottle initiative in the Indian Himalaya, Exodus is working tirelessly to give back to the communities we trek through. For more information see:

NEPAL

Complete the iconic Himalayan trek l Admire Mt Everest from Kala Pattar l Explore Kathmandu

START

Himalaya Projects

from/to Kathmandu

$1940

17 Jan 21 Feb 14 Mar 21 Mar 28 Mar* 04 Apr 11 Apr 14 Apr* 18 Apr 25 Apr 02 May 19 Sep

01 Feb 08 Mar 29 Mar 05 Apr 14 Apr 19 Apr 26 Apr 01 May 03 May 10 May 17 May 04 Oct

26 Sep

11 Oct 18 Oct 10 Oct 25 Oct 17 Oct 01 Nov 24 Oct 08 Nov 31 Oct 15 Nov 07 Nov 22 Nov 14 Nov 29 Nov 21 Nov 06 Dec 15 Dec 30 Dec P 22 F Dec 06 Jan P 03 F Oct

2016 16 Jan 31 Jan 13 Apr* 30 Apr P 16 F Apr* 03 May 20 Feb 06 Mar 12 Mar 27 Mar 21 Apr 06 May 19 Mar 03 Apr 30 Apr 15 May 26 Mar 10 Apr 17 Sep 02 Oct 02 Apr* 19 Apr 24 Sep 09 Oct 09 Apr 24 Apr 01 Oct 16 Oct Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $150 (Kathmandu only) • Free airport transfer for any flight • Chitwan extension available - see page 96 • *Expedition itinerary (19 days) - see Trip Notes for details

Daily Distance (km) 2 6 3 11 4 10 5 4.8 6 10 7 4.8

P Premium F departure

8 9 10 11 12 13

P Fdeparture P Solo

8.4 12 13.4 14.8 12

P F

CHALLENGING

TNT

At a Glance • 12 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • Between 6 and 8 hours walking per day • Altitude maximum 5545m, average 3900m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 18 yrs • 3 nights standard hotels, 12 nights teahouses • All breakfasts included

EXPEDITION TREKS

1 Start Kathmandu.

Experience life with an Everest summit expedition by spending two extra nights with a climbing team at Base Camp at the foot of the spectacular Khumbu Ice Fall. On these departures you will also meet and have dinner with Ang Phurba, the only surviving Nepali from the 1953 Hilary and Tenzing Norgay expedition. See date & price guide for this trip and TNE on page 96 for relevant departures.

2 Short but spectacular flight to Lukla (2800m); trek to Phakding. 3 Follow the Dudh Kosi and ascend to Namche Bazaar (3440m), with time to explore the Sherpa villages. 4 Acclimatisation walk to Kunde and Khumjumg; descend to Kyanjuma. 5 Trek through the Sherpa heartland to the monastery at Thyangboche (3867m) for superb mountain views. 6 Continue up the Khumbu Valley and then the Imja Valley to Dingboche (4530m). 7 Spend the day at Dingboche for acclimatisation. 8 Continue the ascent to Lobuje (4930m).

VALERIE PARKINSON

The 28 March 2015 trek will be led by Valerie Parkinson, who attempted Everest herself in spring 2009 and whose experience and knowledge of both the area and being part of a climbing expedition, will add an extra dimension to the trek.

9 Visit Everest Base Camp; overnight at Gorak Shep (5180m). 10 Climb Kala Pattar (5545m) for classic mountain views of Everest; descend to Pheriche. 11 Retrace our steps to Kyanjuma. 12 Descend to Phakding. 13 Continue to Lukla. 14 Fly to Kathmandu. 15 Free day in Kathmandu to explore the city, perhaps visit the Hindu Temple of Pashupatinath or walk around the incredible Boudhanath Stupa. 16 End Kathmandu.

F Family departure

from

23 days land only

$2570

from

23 days land only

$2660

from

$15960

Emerald waters of the Gokyo Lakes

Advanced Basecamp

Nepal

Everest Base Camp & Gokyo Lakes 1

Trek the remote Gokyo Valley l Ascend Kala Pattar and Gokyo Ri l Iconic trail to Everest Base Camp This high altitude Everest Base Camp trek explores the heart of the Sherpa homeland, from Namche Bazaar to the Gokyo Valley, crossing the glaciated Cho La Pass and on to the classic route to Everest Base Camp used by the great climbing parties. Allowing ample time for acclimatisation, we are able to explore this high mountain wilderness, the quieter Gokyo Valley as well as the main Everest trails. Our goal is Everest Base Camp on the Khumbu Glacier with the chance to climb the iconic Kala Pattar (5545m), which offers fabulous close-up views of Mount Everest. Itinerary - Day by Day 1 Start Kathmandu.

16 Return to Lukla.

2 Flight to Lukla. Head northwards up the valley of the Dudh Kos, trek to the small settlement of Phakding.

17 Fly to Kathmandu.

3 Follow the Dudh Kosi and ascend to Namche Bazaar.

18 Free day in Kathmandu. 19 End Kathmandu.

CHITWAN JUNGLE EXTENSION

6 Cross the Mong La into the Gokyo Valley and trek to Dole.

Why not extend your holiday and visit Chitwan National Park. Located in the sub-tropical lowlands of Nepal, the world famous jungle reserve is one of the few remaining haunts of the Asian one-horned rhino and is the perfect complement to a trekking trip. Please see Trip Notes for prices and details.

9 Climb Gokyo Ri (5360m); afternoon trek to Dragnag. 10 Cross the Cho La (5330m) and enter the main Khumbu Valley; trek to Dzongla 11 Continue the ascent to Lobuje. 12 A long day to visit Everest Base Camp. Stay overnight at Gorak Shep. 13 Climb Kala Pattar (5545m) for classic views of Everest. Descend to Pheriche. 14 Trek to Thyangboche and visit the famous monastery. Descend to Phunki Tenga and ascend to Kyanjuma.

Daily Distance (km) 6 11 10 9 4 6 4

11 4 12 12 13 13.4 14 14.8 15 13 16 6

TNE

At a Glance • 15 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • Between 6 and 9 hours walking per day • Altitude maximum 5545m, average 4100m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader and appropriate local staff. Min age 18 yrs • 4 nights standard hotels, 15 nights teahouses • 18 breakfasts included

Nepal, Tibet

High Passes to Everest Base Camp

Everest North Col Expedition

Reach Everest Base Camp l Trek 3 passes and 5 summits

Climb to 7066m l Follow footsteps of Mallory and Irvine

Follow the trails taken by many great Everest climbers and tackle some of the most incredible passes and summits in the Himalayas on the ultimate trek in the Everest region. Constantly surrounded by amazing views, glacial lakes and quiet valleys, and with most of the walking above 3600m, this tough trek will appeal to those who are fit and have previously trekked at altitude.

Exodus is returning to the North Col of Everest. Led by legendary Exodus leader Valerie Parkinson, this expedition allows you to experience the Everest only ever seen by those who dare to venture further than Everest Base Camp. Passing the famous Magic Highway, Advanced Base Camp at 6,400m, and finally on to the North Col, this truly is a once in a lifetime adventure.

CHALLENGING/TOUGH

Trip Code

Itinerary - Day by Day

1 Start Kathmandu. 2 Free time to explore Kathmandu.

START

4/7 Trek through the Sherpa heartland to Dingboche.

END

8 Ascend Nangkartshang Peak (5090m) for views of Makalu.

2015 12 Mar 30 Mar 29 Mar* 18 Apr 23 Apr 11 May

01 Oct 15 Oct 12 Nov 2016

19 Oct 02 Nov 30 Nov

10 Mar 28 Mar 27 Mar* 16 Apr 21 Apr 09 May

29 Sep 13 Oct 10 Nov

17 Oct 31 Oct 28 Nov

9 Trek to Chukkung and ascend Chukkung Ri (5,546m). 10 Cross the Kongma La (5,535m) to Lobuje. 11 Trek to Everest Base Camp, return to Gorak Shep.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Optional single supplement $140 (Kathmandu only) • *Expedition departure - see Trip Notes for details

• Chitwan extension available • Free airport transfer for any flight

Ngozumpa Glacier Gokyo Ri

Kala Pattar Cho La

Gokyo Valley

Base Camp

Lhotse

Activity Level

TOUGH

Trip Code

TNG

13 Trek to Dzongla; optional trek up Awi Peak (5,245m).

16 Ascend Gokyo Peak (5360m). 17 Cross the Renzo La (5,345m) to Lungden.

Pangboche

NEPAL

Activity Level

At a Glance

• 18 days point-to-point walking • Altitude max 5546m, average 3900m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader and appropriate local staff. Min age 18 yrs • 4 nights standard hotels, 18 nights teahouses • 22 breakfasts included

Dates & Price Guide

Interim Camp 1 (5766m).

Trek to Changse Base Camp (5800m).

• 13 days point-to-point walking • Luggage transported on yaks • Altitude max 7066m, average 5000m • Group normally 6 to 16, plus leader, one climbing sherpa per two clients. Min age 18 yrs • All breakfasts, 19 lunches and 19 dinners included • 10 nights hotel or guesthouse, 13 nights camping

Trek to Advanced Base Camp (6400m).

04 Apr 26 Apr 25 Apr 17 May 17 Oct 08 Nov 31 Oct 22 Nov 14 Nov 06 Dec Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices.

Rest and acclimatisation.

Acclimitisation climb towards North Col.

Rest day.

19 Apr

Climb to the North Col (7066m).

Spare day.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Optional single supplement $190 (Kathmandu only) • Chitwan extension available • Free airport transfer for any flight

19/20 Return to Base Camp (5200m).

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Optional single supplement $150 (Kathmandu only) • Free airport transfer for any flight

END

Ngozumpa Glacier

Kala Pattar Cho La

Gokyo Valley

Thyangboche Namche Bazaar from/to Kathmandu

6/7 Drive to Tingri and acclimatisation walk (4300m). 8

Drive to Rongbuk, trek to Everest Base Camp (5200m).

9/10 Acclimatisation at Base Camp.

Drive to Nyalam or Zhangmu.

Drive to Kathmandu.

End Kathmandu.

TIBET Base Camp

Everest Lhotse Chukkung Ri

Kongma La Ama Dablam

NEPAL Lukla

4/5 Drive to Nyalam and acclimatisation walks.

Tingri

Nyalam

Cho Oyu

Kathmandu

TIBET Rongbuk Everest

NEPAL

TCC

Dates & Price Guide START

END

2015 11 May

EVEREST ADVANCED BASECAMP TREK

Xixapangma

Zhangmu

TOUGH+

Leave Kathmandu and drive to Zhangmu.

15 Trek back to Phakding via Namche and Monzo.

Thame

Trip Code

22 Free day in Kathmandu.

Lukla

Free day in Kathmandu - equipment checks and last minute preparation.

Renzo La

23 End Kathmandu.

Start Kathmandu.

Gokyo Ri

21 Fly to Kathmandu.

Namche Bazaar

Itinerary - Day by Day 2

19 An easy day down to Phakding. 20 Return to Lukla.

NEW

18 Descend the through Thame to Namche. Ama Dablam

Phakding

2015

15 A short walk across the Ngozumpo glacier to Gokyo Lake. Everest

START

12 Ascend Kala Pattar (5,545m) for classic views of Everest. Descend to Lobuje.

14 Cross the Cho La (5,420m) into the Gokyo Valley.

Cho Oyu

At a Glance

3 Flight to Lukla. Trek to Phakding.

END

TIBET 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10

Activity Level

START

5 Acclimatisation walk to Kunde and Khumjung, descend to Kyanjuma.

8 Trek to Gokyo Lake, a small settlement of lodges on the shores of a blue lake. Afternoon, optional walk up the hill behind camp for incredible views of the Ngozumpo Glacier.

Dates & Price Guide

4 Explore the Sherpa villages around Namche Bazaar, acclimatisation walk to Thamo.

7 Continue to Machhermo.

ASIA • NEPAL, TIBET

ASIA • NEPAL

19 days land only

New for 2015, this climb will be joined for the first 15 days with the Everest Advanced Basecamp Trek, officially the highest non-technical trek in the world to 6,400m. For more information please see the TCC Trip Notes, or contact one of our sales team.

trekking

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

$3710

from

Approaching Mera Peak

Dhaulagiri from Poon Hill

Nepal

Climb a rarely tackled peak l The best of the Annapurna Circuit

Highest trekking peak in Nepal l Views of five 8000m peaks

Ideal for those wanting to extend their Himalayan climbing experience, this trek heads on the classic Annapurna circuit trail towards the Chulu Massif, through a wonderful variety of landscapes. We set up a base camp and high camp before our summit attempt. Climbing sherpas will fix rope for the steep sections and the well acclimatised will be rewarded with incredible views from the summit.

A rewarding expedition, away from the Everest Base Camp trails to the quiet Hinku Valley. Walk high alpine trails, where Mera Peak, the highest trekking peak in Nepal at 6476m, towers over the valley. The climb is fairly nontechnical and anyone with ice-axe and crampon experience can attempt it. With good acclimatisation and plenty of willpower, you can reach the summit of this beautiful Himalayan peak.

Itinerary - Day by Day

1 Start Kathmandu. 2 Scenic drive to Besisahar; begin trek. 3/6 Slowly ascend the Marsyangdi Valley to the village of Pisang. 7 Trek to Ngawal via Gyaru. 8/9 Trek to Chulu Far East Base Camp. 10 A short day to high camp (5,300m); practice ice axe and crampon techniques. 11 Climb Chulu Far East (6050m). Descend to base camp. 12/13 Trek to Manang. 14/15 Cross the Thorong La (5416m) to Muktinath, a place of pilgrimage. 17 Descend to the Kali Gandaki Valley at Eklabatti and follow trail to Jomsom.

20 End Kathmandu.

9 TOUGH+

TNY

At a Glance • 16 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • Use of ice axe and crampons • Altitude max 6059m, average 3600m • Group normally 4 to 14, plus leader, Sherpa climbing guides and appropriate local staff. Min age 18yrs • 3 nights standard hotels, 11 nights teahouses, 6 nights full-service camping • Breakfast only in Kathmandu, all meals while camping

Dates & Price Guide START

END

2015

24 Mar 29 Sep

12 Apr 18 Oct 2016

22 Mar 27 Sep

Chulu Far East Ngawal

1 Start Kathmandu. 3 Take the short but spectacular mountain flight to Lukla and trek to Poyan. 4/7 Cross the Pangkongma La and Sukye La into the Hinku Valley. 8/9 Ascend the Hinku Valley to Tangnak. 10 Acclimatisation day at Tangnak. 11/12 Trek to base camp above Khare; time for acclimatisation, ice axe and crampon practice. 13 Trek to the Mera La. 14 Trek to high camp (5800m).

• Optional single supplement $240 (3 nights hotel and 6 nights single tent) • Chitwan extension available - see page 98 • Free airport transfer for any flight

16/19 Return to Lukla over the Zatrwa La. 20 Fly to Kathmandu. 21 Free in Kathmandu for individual sightseeing. 22 End Kathmandu.

Everest Lhotse Chukkung Ri Makalu Mera La

Namche Bazaar

to Kathmandu

Zatrwa La Mera Peak

Lukla

Hinku Valley

9 TOUGH+

TNB

At a Glance • 17 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • Climbing experience recommended • Altitude max 6476m, average 3660m • Group normally 4 to 8, plus leader, Sherpa climbing guides and appropriate local staff. Min age 18 yrs • 4 nights standard hotels, 15 lodges, 2 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts included, full board on trek

START

END

2015

21 Mar 26 Sep

11 Apr 17 Oct

19 Mar 24 Sep

09 Apr 15 Oct

2016

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Optional single supplement $190 (5 nights only) • Chitwan extension available- see page 96 • Free airport transfer for any flight

TIBET

NEPAL

Dates & Price Guide

15 Climb Mera Peak (6476m).

Cho Oyu

Activity Level Trip Code

2 Free in Kathmandu.

from/to Kathmandu

trekking

Itinerary - Day by Day

10 Apr 16 Oct

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

ki K Gaali nd a

Trip Code

18 Fly to Pokhara. Overnight in Pokhara. 19 Free day in Kathmandu.

Activity Level

Annapurna Sanctuary

NEW

Annapurna Base Camp l Sunrise views from Poon Hill l One of the best treks in Nepal

Activity Level

The Annapurna Himal is a vast massif with several peaks above 7000m. Part of the range forms a natural amphitheatre known as the Annapurna Sanctuary, ringed by such giants as Annapurna 1, Glacier Dome, Gangapurna, Fang and Machhapuchhare. Making our way to the magnificent Sanctuary, we trek through forested hillsides, marvelling at panoramic views of the Annapurna before reaching higher altitudes and close-up mountain views like no other. We have a day to explore this breathtaking place before returning to Pokhara via a different route.

Trip Code

Itinerary - Day by Day

MODERATE/CHALLENGING

TNS

At a Glance • 11 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • Between 6 and 8 hours walking per day • Numerous ascents and descents on stone step trails • Altitude maximum 4130m, average 2440m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 3 nights standard hotels, 11 nights teahouses • All breakfasts included

Dates & Price Guide

1 Start Kathmandu.

START

END

2 Drive to Pokhara and on to Naya Pul; short walk Birethanthi.

4 Ascend through rhododendron forests to Ghorepani (2855m). 5 Optional dawn ascent of Poon Hill for incredible views of the Annapurnas, Machhapuchhare and Dhaulagiri at sunrise. After breakfast head through rhododendron forests to Chuili.

28 Feb 21 Mar 18 Apr 26 Sep 03 Oct

14 Mar 04 Apr 02 May 10 Oct 17 Oct

27 Feb 19 Mar 16 Apr 24 Sep 01 Oct

12 Mar 02 Apr 30 Apr 08 Oct 15 Oct

10 Oct

24 Oct 07 Nov 07 Nov 21 Nov 21 Nov 05 Dec 12 Dec 26 Dec

P 24 F Oct

7 Trek up the Modi Khola valley towards the Annapurna Sanctuary. Overnight in Dovan.

08 Oct 22 Oct 05 Nov 05 Nov 19 Nov 19 Nov 03 Dec 12 Dec 26 Dec

P 22 F Oct

• Optional single supplement $160 (Kathmandu and Pokhara only) • Chitwan extension available - see page 96 • Free airport transfer for any flight

9 Explore the high alpine wilderness of the Annapurna Sanctuary. Stay at Annapurna Base Camp.

13 Fly back to Kathmandu. 14 Free day in Kathmandu to explore the city and its numerous historical sites.

P F

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

8 Continue up the valley to Machhapuchhare Base Camp (3700m).

12 Trek down to Birethanti, on the banks of the Modi Khola. Transfer from Naya Pul to Pokhara.

P F

2016

6 Descend to the Kyumnu Khola and climb up and contour round into the Modi Khola valley to Chomrong.

11 Trek up and down on stone steps to Chomrong. Descend steeply through terraces to Jhinnudanda.

END

2015

3 Climb one step at a time to the top of Ulleri.

10 Descend back down the valley to Bamboo.

START

Mera Peak Expedition

ki V alle

Chulu Far East

Daily Distance (km) 2 2 3 12 4 10 5 16 6 8 7 10

8 9 3 10 11 12

Dhaulagiri

$1660

from

Nepal

$3800

14 9 15

TIBET NEPAL

Nilgiri Annapurna I Annapurna Sanctuary Annapurna Annapurna II South Manaslu Ghorepani Machhapuchhare Himalchuli Landrung Poon Hill

li G

Annapurna Circuit towards Chulu

15 days land only

from

22 days land only

ASIA • NEPAL

20 days land only

Birethanti

Pokhara

15 End Kathmandu. Annapurna Sanctuary trekking

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

from

15 days land only

$2150

from

13 days land only

$2000

from

The high route from Pisang

Ascent to the Thorong La

Nepal

Annapurna Circuit

One of the world's classic treks l Cross the formidable Thorong La l Spend time in Kathmandu The Annapurna Circuit - rightly known as Nepal's classic trek - offers more variety than any other equivalent length trek, taking us through virtually every type of scenery that Nepal has to offer. There are superb views of the Annapurna and Dhaulagiri and an amazing variety of landscapes ranging from sub-tropical through alpine peaks to an arid semi-desert akin to Tibet. The climax of the trek is crossing the iconic Thorong La Pass (5416m). Itinerary - Day by Day 1 Start Kathmandu. 2 Scenic drive to Besisahar. Trek to Bhulebule. 3 Start the slow ascent of the Marsyangdi Valley. Overnight in Jagat.

17 A long climb up through the villages of Ghara, Shika and Chitre to Ghorepani. 18 Optional early morning walk up Poon Hill for sunrise before a long descent to Birethanthi.

4 Reach the village of Dharapani.

19 Short wak to NayaPul and drive to Pokhara. Afternoon free in Pokhara.

5 Continue ascending through forest to Temang and descend to Chame.

20 Fly or drive to Kathmandu.

6 Continue ascending through forested hillsides past the rock face of Paungdi Danda to the village of Pisang. 7 Slowly ascend the Marsyangdi Valley to the village of Manang. 8 Acclimatisation day in Manang. 9 Start heading towards the Thorong La. Half-day trek to reach the lodge in Yak Kharka; afternoon acclimatisation walk. 10 Short half day walk to Phedi, at the foot of the Thorong La. 11 Cross the mighty Thorong La (5416m) to Muktinath, a place of pilgrimage. 12 Trek through beautiful barren landscapes to reach the village of Kagbeni. 13 Trek along the Kali Gandaki Gorge, beneath the great peaks of Dhaulagiri and Annapurna via Dumba Lake to Marpha. 14 Continue to follow the Kali Gandaki Valley; overnight in Larjung. 15 Cross the Kali Gandaki and trek past Titi Tal to Lete and descend to Ghasa.

21 Free day in Kathmandu. 22 End Kathmandu.

Daily Distance (km) 2 9 3 12 4 13 5 15 6 16 7 12 8 ACCLIMATISATION WALK 9 9 10 8

11 13 12 10 13 16 14 13 15 15 16 14 17 15 18 16 19 2

Activity Level

CHALLENGING

TNQ

Trip Code At a Glance

• 18 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • Snow and ice may be encountered • Altitude maximum 5416m, average 2800m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader and appropriate local staff. Min age 18 yrs • 3 nights standard hotels, 18 nights teahouses • All breakfasts included

END

START

END

15 Mar 12 Apr 03 May 18 Oct 25 Oct

18 Oct P 01 F Nov 15 Nov 14 Dec+

08 Nov 22 Nov 29 Nov 04 Jan

21 Feb 20 Mar 10 Apr 25 Sep 02 Oct

13 Mar 10 Apr 01 May 16 Oct 23 Oct

2016 16 Oct P 30 F Oct 13 Nov 14 Dec

06 Nov 20 Nov 04 Dec 04 Jan

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Optional single supplement $160 • +New Year's day on Poon Hill (Kathmandu only) • Free airport transfer for any flight • Chitwan extension available see page 96

Annapurna Circuit Mini Annapurna Circuit

PREMIUM

Comfortable accommodation l Gentle trekking From ancient Kathmandu to game-watching in Chitwan, this trip showcases the best of Nepal. The highlight is a short trek in the Annapurna foothills, surrounded by magnificent mountain views. Using luxury lodges we offer a higher standard of comfort than is normally available on trek. Each lodge has twin rooms, attached bathrooms, hot running water, a dining room, gardens and 6 stunning views. 7 8 9 10

Activity Level Trip Code

2 Scenic drive to Besisahar. Trek to Bhulebule.

At a Glance

5 Continue ascending through forest to Temang and descend to Chame. 6 Continue ascending through forested hillsides past the rock face of Paungdi Danda to the village of Pisang (3,185m) 7 A choice of two routes today (a longer one and a shorter one) to reach the village of Manang. 8 Acclimatisation day in Manang. Possible walks include heading to the enormous icefall that crashes and rumbles down from Gangapurna or a steep climb above Manang to a hermitage. 9 Start heading towards the Thorong La. Half day trek to reach the lodge in Yak Kharka; in the afternoon acclimatisation walk. 10 Short half day walk to Phedi, at the foot of the Thorong La. 11 Cross the mighty Thorong La (5,416m) to Muktinath, a place of pilgrimage.

• 11 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • Snow and ice may be encountered • Altitude max 5416m, average 2800m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader and appropriate local staff. Min age 18 yrs • 3 nights standard hotels and 11 nights teahouses • 3 breakfasts included

Dates & Price Guide START

END

2015

15 Mar 05 Apr 11 Oct 01 Nov

29 Mar 19 Apr 25 Oct 15 Nov

Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Optional single supplement $120 (Kathmandu only) • Chitwan extension available - see page 96 • Free airport transfer for any flight

Itinerary - Day by Day

At a Glance

3 Fly or drive to Pokhara in the shadow of the Annapurnas and start trek to the Sanctuary Lodge at Birethanti (1150m). 4/8 Trek through beautiful villages in the foothills of the Annapurnas. 9 Rafting to a fixed camp on the banks of the Seti River. 10 Morning rafting and afternoon transfer to Chitwan. 11 Elephant rides, bird watching walks and river trips in Chitwan.

LEISURELY/MODERATE

TNX

Trip Code

2 Free day to explore Kathmandu.

• 5 days point-to-point walking with full porterage (one optional walk) • Altitude max 1951m, average 1300m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader and appropriate staff. Min age 16 yrs • 4 nights hotels, 5 nights mountain lodges, 2 nights jungle lodge, 1 night riverside camp • All breakfasts, 8 lunches and 8 dinners included

12 Return to Kathmandu.

Dates & Price Guide

13 End Kathmandu.

START

END

2015

Daily Distance (km) 3 2 4 11 6 10

7 8 8 4

TIBET

Dhaulagiri

Manaslu

Pokhara

12 Trek via Lupra to Jomsom.

Activity Level

1 Start Kathmandu.

Annapurna

NEPAL

Seti River

13 Fly to Pokhara; afternoon free to explore the lakeside at Pokhara.

17 Mar 28 Apr 29 Sep 13 Oct 27 Oct 24 Nov

29 Mar 10 May 11 Oct 25 Oct 08 Nov 06 Dec

Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Optional single supplement $710 (6 nights Kathmandu, Pokhara and Chitwan) • Free airport transfer for any flight

Kathmandu Chitwan N.P.

14 Fly to Kathmandu.

walking area

15 End Kathmandu.

P Premium F departure

5 CHALLENGING

TNH

1 Start Kathmandu.

INDIA

16 Trek on an undulating trail through small settlements to Tatopani famous for its hot springs.

100

Annapurna in Luxury

The perfect trek for those who would like to experience Nepal's classic Annapurna Circuit trek in just two weeks. With superb views of the Annapurnas and Dhaulagiri and the chance to cross the formidable Thorong La Pass it's no wonder this remains one of Nepal's classic treks. A demanding yet excellent introduction to walking in the Himalaya.

4 Reach the village of Dharapani (1,943m)

P F

Views of the Annapurnas

Annapurna Circuit in two weeks l Sunset and sunrise over the Annapurnas

3 Start the slow ascent of the Marsyangdi Valley. Overnight in Jagat.

P F

NEW

2015 22 Feb 22 Mar 12 Apr 27 Sep 04 Oct

$3560

Nepal

Mini Annapurna Circuit

Itinerary - Day by Day

Dates & Price Guide START

ASIA • NE PAL

22 days land only

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

101

from

17 days land only

$1660

from

12 days land only

$3420

from

Lake Gosainkund

En route towards the Jaljala Pass

5 Trek further up the valley for spectacular mountain views, heading to Kyanjin Gompa below Langtang Lirung.

13 Continue the descent through villages to Chisopani. 14 After a short walk, drive to Kathmandu. 15 End Kathmandu.

END

29 Mar 26 Apr 27 Sep 11 Oct 08 Nov

12 Apr 10 May 11 Oct 25 Oct 22 Nov

27 Mar 24 Apr 25 Sep 09 Oct 06 Nov

10 Apr 08 May 09 Oct 23 Oct 20 Nov

Daily Distance (km) 3 4 5 6 7 8

13 12 7 OPTIONAL WALK 20 12

9 10 11 12 13 14

9 12 15 17 12

“A fantastic trek through everchanging scenery.” Celianne Crocker

Explore remote western Nepal l Cross the Jaljala

Spectacular Bhutanese festivals l Enjoy gentle Himalayan hiking

Also called the Guerrilla Trek, this exciting route into Western Nepal was once the heartland of the 2006 revolution. Today, the former Maoist trails make a fascinating trek, through remote mountains where people are still largely unaffected by commercialisation. Surrounded by terraced hills and ancient villages, we enjoy fantastic panoramic views of snowy peaks, whilst camping each night in the peaceful beauty of the Himalayas.

Bhutan is one of the world’s great off-the-beaten-path destinations with mountain-top temples, towering peaks and a unique culture. As well as seeing the country’s highlights, we head to central Bhutan where we meander through meadows, forests and bamboo groves. We then witness the masked and fire dances and other festivities of one of Bhutan’s less visited festivals (Domkhar in May and Jambay Lakhang in November). Note that different departures follow different itineraries.

TIBET

Xixapangma

Langtang Lirung Tsergo Ri Langtang Langsisha Valley Gyangchempo Syabrubensi Kyangjin

At a Glance

6/7 Cross the Shyaubari Pass.

10 Cross the Uttar Ganga River and on to Dhorpatan.

Dates & Price Guide

12/13 Descent to Takam with an optional side trip to Mattikhanna.

START

14 Continue to Taharet via Babichaur.

28 Feb 17 Oct

16 Mar 02 Nov 2016

27 Feb 15 Oct

14 Mar 31 Oct

16 Fly to Kathmandu. 17 End Kathmandu.

Lukum

Jelbang

Jaljala

Dhorpatan

END

2015

15 Trek to Beni, drive to Pokhara.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

Dhaulagiri

Phalegaon

Jaljala

• Optional single supplement $400 (single hotel and tent) • Chitwan extension available - see page 96 • Free airport transfer for any flight

NEPAL

Itinerary - Day by Day

At a Glance

3 Visit Memorial Chorten; drive to Punakha via Dochula, Chimi Lhakhang and Punakha Dzong. 4 Visit Wangdi Dzong en route to Bumthang. 5 Domkhar Festival. 6 To Thangbi Lhakhang; trek to camp at Nglakang. 7 Climb to Phelhe La; descend to Takung Valley. 8 Walk to Gamling; drive via Mebar Tsho to Bumthang. 9 Fly to Paro; city tour

LEISURELY/MODERATE

TBB

Trip Code

2 Flight to Paro; drive to Thimpu; visit Semtokha and Trashichi Dzongs.

• 3 days point-to-point trekking • Non-strenuous hike but reasonable fitness required • Altitude max 3570m, average 3200m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 18 yrs • 9 nights hotels with en suite facilities and 2 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 9 lunches and 9 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide START

END

2015

10 Hike to Tiger’s Nest monastery. 11 Fly to Kathmandu. 12 Fly to London.

TIBET

Activity Level

1 Arrive Kathmandu.

Gankar Punsum

Thimpu Paro

trekking 0

from Kathmandu

Punakha

25 Apr* 24 Oct#

06 May 04 Nov

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Optional single supplement $670 (limited availability) • *Domkhar Festival • #Jambay Lhakhang Festival • Chitwan extension available - see page 96 • Free airport transfer for any flight

Jakar

Wangdi Phrodang

from/to Kathmandu

P Fdeparture P Solo

Bumthang

to Kathmandu

Sulichaur

P Premium F departure

Chomolhari

Annapurna I

Beni

• 12 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • Altitude max 3414m, average 2700m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader and appropriate local staff. Min age 18 yrs • 3 nights standard hotels, 13 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 12 lunches and 13 dinners included

5 Cross the first Jaljala Pass (3170m).

Bhaluban

102

4 MODERATE/CHALLENGING

TNN

2/3 Drive to Sulichaur.

Helambu

Langtang & Gosainkund trekking

Trip Code

NEPAL

Chisopani

Kathmandu

Activity Level

1 Start Kathmandu.

Gosainkund Lakes

Trisuli Bazaar

Itinerary - Day by Day

11 Cross the second Jaljala Pass and camp at the top with views of the Annapurnas and Dhaulagiri.

Ganesh Himal

The Bumthang Valley

9 Trek through the forest to Niseldhor.

• Optional single supplement $110 (Kathmandu only) • Chitwan extension available - see page 96 • Free airport transfer for any flight

Lauribena Pass

8 Cross Tila Pass and descend to Uppallo Sera.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

Shangri La Trek

4 Trek to Jelbang (1627m).

2016

6 Explore the area with optional treks to Kyanjin Ri (4300m) or Tsergo Ri (4984m).

12 Descend through the Helambu Valley to Kutumsang.

• 12 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • Trekking in remote areas • Altitude max 4610m (optional 4984m), average 2740m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader and appropriate local staff. Min age 16 yrs • 2 nights standard hotels, 12 nights teahouses • 14 breakfasts included

2015

4 Start walking the undulating trails through forest of oak and rhododendron, before the ascent to Langtang.

11 Trek on rugged terrain to cross the Laurebena Pass (4610m).

At a Glance

START

3 Trek along the Langtang Kola to Lama Hotel.

10 Spectacular ridge walk to Gosainkund Lakes with panoramic views of the Annapurnas, Himalchuli, Manaslu and Ganesh Himal to the West and Langtang Himal to the North-East.

TNL

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

2 Drive to Syabrubensi.

9 Climb up to the small monastery at Sing Gompa.

MODERATE/CHALLENGING

1 Start Kathmandu.

nd a

Itinerary - Day by Day

The stunning Langtang Valley lies to the north of Kathmandu and sees fewer trekkers than the Annapurna or Everest regions. In Autumn we are blessed with superb views of the great peak of Langtang Lirung (7246m), while in spring this is an ideal route for those interested in birds and flowers. The trek takes us to the glaciers below Langtang Lirung, perhaps the summits of Kyanjin Ri or Tsergo Ri for some magnificent panoramas, and the spectacular holy lake at Gosainkund, an important place of pilgrimage.

8 Continue down the valley and further up to Syabru.

Activity Level

Remote and quiet trails l Magnificent holy Gosainkund Lake l Fantastic flora and fauna

7 Walk back westwards to Ghora Tabela and on towards Lama Hotel.

Nepal, Bhutan

Ka li

Langtang & Gosainkund

$4660

Jambay Lhakhang Festival

Nepal

ASIA • NEPAL, BHUTAN

ASIA • NEPAL

15 days land only

Trongsa

BHUTAN 50

100 km

INDIA

F Family departure

103

from

15 days land only

$4750

from

Prayer flags from the Tiger’s Nest

India

Bhutan: Land of the Thunder Dragon

Hike along a classic trade route l Visit the Tiger's Nest Monastery l Witness Bhutan's colourful festivals

Activity Level

This trip takes us on a journey along an ancient, high-level trade route in a country visited by only a lucky few. We trek through splendid rhododendron forests, past yak herder settlements, across several passes and camp beside clear, blue mountain lakes with spectacular views of the peaks which border Tibet. We also experience Bhutan's fascinating culture and its colourful festivals with masked dances and general joviality. Please note that different departures follow different itineraries.

Trip Code

START

END

25 Mar* 14 Sep# 17 Oct+

05 Apr 25 Sep 28 Oct

3 MODERATE

TBC

At a Glance • 5 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • Reasonable fitness required • Altitude maximum 4235m, average 3654m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights hotels with en suite facilities, 4 nights full-service camping in two-person tents • All breakfasts, 9 lunches and 9 dinners included

1 Start Kathmandu.

Ladakh: Stok Kangri Climb 6

Jichudrake

BHUTAN

Taktsang Monastery

Phajoding Monastery

trekking 0

60 km

9 Sightseeing in Thimpu; drive to Paro.

25 Jul# 08 Aug 22 Aug

08 Aug 22 Aug 05 Sep

23 Jul 06 Aug 20 Aug#

06 Aug 20 Aug 03 Sep

• Optional single supplement $440 (includes single tent) • Kashmir extension also available: see page 107 • #Led by Valerie Parkinson: see Trip Notes • Free airport transfer for any flight

10 Paro Festival and museum. Khardung La

11 Fly to Kathmandu.

12 End Kathmandu. Palam Peak

Daily Distance (km) 7 8

13 10

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

8 Cross the Labana La and descend to Motithang, drive to Thimpu.

9 11 12

Dates & Price Guide

7 Trek to Labana.

4 5 6

Trip Code

2016

5 Trek to Tsokam.

The March and September departures coincide with the Paro and Thimpu Festivals respectively. These colourful festivals attract hundreds of Bhutanese who gather to see the monks in their vibrant brocade robes perform ritual dances. Please be aware that during festival time, hotels and flights are extremely busy and it is possible that amendments may be made to the itinerary.

High above the Indus Valley, this rarely trodden route traverses the magnificent Ladakh Mountains and culminates with the chance to ascend Stok Kangri (6153m). We leave the Zanskar River behind and ascend from lush valleys to the tops of high passes from which towering rock cathedrals rise. The dramatic, stark scenery of this high altitude desert is softened only by the immense charm of the Ladakhi villages and their hardy inhabitants. The summit climb itself is tough but entirely optional and there is an alternative glacier trek for anyone not wishing to attempt it. From the summit panoramic views extend across Ladakh to the Karakorams, the Himalaya and into Tibet.

4 Trek to Jele Dzong.

Paro and Thimpu Festivals

Ganda La

Thikse Stok La

from/to Delhi

Stok

INDIA

LADAKH

TGP

At a Glance • 8 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • Experience of using ice axes and crampons strongly advised for anyone intending to summit • Altitude max 5260m (6153m with climb), average 4600m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader, climbing guides and appropriate local staff. Min age 18 yrs • 6 nights en suite hotels, 8 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 8 lunches and 8 dinners included

This five day extension visits India's Golden Triangle including the Taj Mahal, Agra, Fatepur Sikri and Jaipur.

2 Fly to Leh (3500m); afternoon orientation walk.

1 2 3 4 5

4 Acclimatisation walk in Leh Valley; optional jeep trip to the Khardung La (one of the highest motorable roads in the world).

To Agra; Taj Mahal and Agra Fort Drive to Fatepur Sikri and then on to the 'pink city' of Jaipur. Full day sightseeing in and around Jaipur; Palace of the Winds, City Palace and the Amber Fort. Return to Delhi. End Delhi

Daily Distance (km)

7 TOUGH (CLIMB = 9, TOUGH+)

1 Start Delhi.

GOLDEN TRIANGLE EXTENSION 2015

3 Hike to Takstang monastery.

FESTIVAL DEPARTURES

Activity Level

START

6 Trek to Jimi Lang Tsho.

Chomolhari

6000m Himalayan summit l Wild camps beneath starlit skies l Magnificent scenery of Ladakh

2 Fly to Paro; visit Paro Dzong and museum.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Optional single supplement $670 • +No Festival (limited availability) • Chitwan extension available • *Paro Festival see page 96 • #Thimpu Festival • Free airport transfer for any flight

TIBET

Itinerary - Day by Day

2015

$2660

Approaching the summit of Palam Peak (5,380m)

Nepal, Bhutan

Dates & Price Guide

ASIA • INDIA

ASIA • NEPAL, BHUTAN

12 days land only

6 6 7 4 8 11 9 9

10 11 11 4 12 14 13 11

3 Sightseeing in and around Leh including Thikse and Shey Monasteries.

5 Drive to Choksi (3200m). 6 Climb out of the valley to Choksi Drok. 7 Short walk through marmot territory to a spectacular wild camp at the base of Kang La. 8 Steep ascent to Kang La (5260m) and optional climb of Palam Peak (5368m) for superb mountain vistas; cross Ganda La (4970m). 9 Trek beside the river to Rumbak village. 10 Cross the Stok La (4900m) to Mankarmo. 11 Steady climb to Stok Kangri Base Camp; afternoon equipment check, summit briefing and skill refresher session. 12 Ascent of Stok Kangri (6153m). The route is non-technical, but there is a short exposed section near the summit. 13 Descend through Mankarmo to Stok and drive back to Leh. 14 Fly to Delhi. 15 End Delhi.

104

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

105

from

14 days land only

$2280

from

Japanese Peace Pagoda, Leh

India

$2090

Grand Traverse of the Indian Himalaya

Tibetan culture and monasteries l Quaint villages and magnificent scenery

Classic trekking route in ‘Little Tibet’ l Ancient Buddhist monasteries

Sandwiched between the western Himalaya, the Karakorum and the Tibetan Plateau, lies the high altitude desert of Ladakh, or 'Little Tibet'. We take time to acclimatise and to explore Leh, including the palace and several Buddhist monasteries. The fairly gentle trek takes us further into this remote part of India, where the way of life has remained unchanged for centuries.

Ladakh remains one of the best places to experience the unique culture of the High Himalaya. As our trek follows the Markha River, we discover a landscape where lofty peaks of the Stok, Matho and Zanskar Ranges tower above picturesque Ladakhi villages and verdant valleys below. From the highest pass, the Gongmaru La (5200m), we enjoy incredible views extending as far as Tibet, before descending to Hemis, Ladakh's largest 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 and most famous monastery.

1 Start Delhi. 2 Fly to Leh (3500m); rest of the day free. 3/4 Two days in and around Leh to aid acclimatisation; trips to Thikse and Shey Monasteries and Leh Palace; optional jeep trip to the Khardung La (5602m). 5 Optional rafting on the Indus; to Yangtang. 6 Start trek to Ullay (4023m). 7 Cross the Spangpo La (4082m) to Hemis Shupachen. 8 Cross the Mebtak La and the Lago La to Ang and on to Temisgam (3256m). 9 Cross the Skinyang La (4060m) to Skinyang village (3531m).

Dates & Price Guide

8 Follow the river to Markha (3753m).

END

2015

5 Short drive to Jinchen; trek to Rumbak. 6 Pass Yurutse village to reach the base of the Ganda La. 7 Cross the Ganda La (4970m) to Skyu in the Markha Valley. 9 Trek to Thachungste, visiting Tache gompa perched above us en route.

END

2015

from/to Delhi

Hemis

Gongmaru La

20 Visit the Hadimba Temple; drive to Mandi.

4 Visit Leh Palace and the Japanese Peace Pagoda; optional jeep trip to the Khardung La (5602m).

12 Jul# 26 Jul 09 Aug 30 Aug

25 Jul 08 Aug 22 Aug 12 Sep 2016

10 Jul# 24 Jul 14 Aug 28 Aug

23 Jul 06 Aug 27 Aug 10 Sep

• Optional single supplement $390 (includes single tent) • Golden Triangle or Kashmir extension available: see pages 105 and 107 • #Led by Valerie Parkinson: see Trip Notes • Free airport transfer for any flight

21 Drive to Chandigarh or Kalka; train to Delhi. 22 End Delhi.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $550 (includes single tent) • Golden Triangle extension also available: see page 105 • #Led by Valerie Parkinson: see Trip Notes • Free airport transfer for any flight

5 Drive to Rumtse (4218m); afternoon acclimatisation walk. 6 Short walk to Kyamar (4584m).

KASHMIR EXTENSION

8 Over the Shibuk La (5293m) to Riyul. 9 Trek past Tso Kar (Salt Lake) and cross the Horlam Konke La (4967m) to Rajung Karu. 10 Cross the Kyamayuri La (5435m) and the Gyame La to Gyame. 11 Over the Yalung Nyau La (5455m) to Korzok Village and Tso Moriri Lake. 12 Trek along the shores of Tso Moriri to Kyangdom.

2015 26 Jul 16 Aug 16 Aug# 06 Sep Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices.

Nestled amidst snow-capped peaks and dotted with beautiful lakes, the Vale of Kashmir is the perfect place to unwind before or after a Himalayan trek. Spend three nights on board a sumptuous British colonial style houseboat on Srinagar’s Dal Lake, venturing by shikara (gondola) to discover beautiful Moghul gardens, visit craft workshops and explore local markets.

Khardung La

Indu s

13 Several river crossings take us to the entrance of the Parang Chu Gorge. 14 Follow the wind eroded, pastel coloured cliffs of the gorge to Phalung Phare (Plateau Camp). 15 Continue through the narrowing gorge to Tarang Yokma. 16 Trek to our camp at the base of the Parang La. 17 Cross the Parang La (5586m) into Spiti.

Daily Distance (km) 5 4 6 7 8 9 10 11

15 14 25 18 17 17

12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Thikse

Ladakh

INDIA

trekking

23 10 19 19

from Delhi

Leh

Ind us Rumtse Kumur La Tisaling Shibuk La Pongunagu Tsokar Lake Horlam Konke La Nurunchen Kyamayuri La Gyamabama Yalung Nyau La Mori Korzok Plains Tso Moriri Lake Kyangdom

Hemis

Zinchen Ganda La Rumbak Ma Skyu rkh aR ive r Markha

3 Acclimatisation time in Leh; visit Shey and Thikse Monasteries.

END

trekking

Our ‘Little Tibet & the Himalaya’ trek (trip code FIL) is perfect for families with children aged 8-16 yrs. Please see our website for details.

Khardung La Spittuk

START

FAMILY WALKING

19 Drive over magnificent high passes to Manali.

NG E

Dates & Price Guide

2 Fly to Leh (3500m); afternoon orientation walk.

18 Descend to Kibber; drive to Rangrik.

• 13 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • Previous altitude experience necessary • Altitude maximum 5586m, average 4800m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader and local staff. Min age 18 yrs • 7 nights en suite hotels, 14 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 15 lunches and 14 dinners included

ay al m e Hi ng at Ra

14 End Delhi.

START

At a Glance

1 Start Delhi.

7 Cross the Kyamur La and Madalchen La (5233m) to Tisaling.

Dates & Price Guide

TGI

13 Fly to Delhi.

• 7 days point-to-point walking • Full porterage throughout the trek • Altitude max 5200m, average 3900m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader and staff. Min age 18 yrs • 6 nights en suite hotels, 7 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 7 lunches and 7 dinners included

Itinerary - Day by Day

12 Finish the trek near Hemis; visit monastery and drive to Leh.

At a Glance

Trip Code

7 TOUGH

11 Cross the Gongmaru La (5200m) with superb views of the high Ladakh Range.

TGR

Trip Code

Only recently opened due to the proximity to the Tibetan border, the remote and seldom visited Changtang Plateau is a land of wilderness and magnificence, characterised by high arid plains, snow-capped peaks and azure blue lakes. The area is only inhabited by the hardy Tibetan Changpa nomads and their herds of yak and pashmina goats. We trek along mountain passes admiring the wild and dramatic scenery as we cross from Ladakh into the rarely visited region of Spiti. This10is a great trek in a seldom visited part of the world. 8 9

10 Climb to the high plateau at Nimaling.

5 CHALLENGING

21 Jun 04 Jul 16 Aug 29 Aug 12 Sep 25 Sep Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $450 (includes single tent) • Golden Triangle or Kashmir extension available; see pages 105 and 107 • Free airport transfer for any flight

3/4 Two days in and around Leh to aid acclimatisation; trips to Thikse and Shey Monasteries and Leh Palace; optional jeep trip to the Khardung La (5602m).

Activity Level

INDIA

2 Fly to Leh (3500m); rest of the day free.

Activity Level

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

Alchi

LADAKH

1 Start Delhi.

Yangtang

• 4 days point-to-point walking; 1 optional daywalk • Full porterage throughout the trek • Altitude max 4082m, average 3500m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader and local staff. Min age 16 yrs • 6 nights en suite hotels, 6 nights fullservice camping, 1 night guesthouse • All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 7 dinners included

Temisgang Hemis Supachen

Lamayuru

At a Glance

Itinerary - Day by Day

13 Fly to Delhi. 14 End Delhi.

TGX

12 Visit Basgo Fort, drive to Leh.

3 MODERATE

Remote Tibetan borderland of Spiti l Colourful Buddhist monasteries l Azure blue lake of Tso Moriri

11 Drive to Lamayuru Monastery; continue to Alchi Monastery, one of the oldest in Ladakh with 11th century paintings.

Trip Code

START

10 Free day Skinyang.

Skinyang la

Trekking along the shores of Tso Moriri Lake

India

Ladakh: The Markha Valley

Activity Level

$3040

from

Trekking towards Thachungste

Trails of Ladakh

Skinyang

22 days land only

India

Itinerary - Day by Day

ASIA • INDIA

14 days land only

Kunzum La Manali to Delhi

Parang La Kibber

Spiti

14 20 8

trekking

106

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

107

from

15 days land only

$2570

from

15 days land only

$2340

from

Kanchenjunga

India

Darjeeling, Sikkim & the Singalila Ridge

Stay in a traditional homestay l Visit a masked dance festival

Jungle and tea plantations l See 4 of the 5 highest peaks on Earth

Snow leopards are one of the world's most elusive mammals but in winter they descend from the high Himalaya in search of food. Inhabiting some of the most remote and mountainous regions of Central Asia, the mission to see this enigmatic cat is really more of a pilgrimage. Other rare high altitude wildlife and isolated Himalayan Buddhist communities only add to this quest's allure.

The rarely visited land of Sikkim has in recent years become more accessible to those looking to explore its unique beauty. Journey through tea plantations to Darjeeling, which with its colonial hill station and famous 'toy train' is an iconic destination. Trekking along the Singalila Ridge through thick forests of rhododendron, we are rewarded with views of the great Himalayan peaks, Kanchenjunga dominates the horizon, and on a clear day and Everest can all7 be seen. 8 4 Makalu, Lhotse 5 6 9 10

1 Start Delhi. 2 Fly across the Himalaya to Leh (3500m); afternoon orientation walk around Leh. 3 Visit Shey, Thikse and Stakna Monasteries. 4 A full day at a festival. 5 Drive to Jinchen; trek to Husing (3700m). 6/10

Trekking in and around the Husing and Tarbuns Valley in Hemis N.P. searching for Snow leopard as well as various other mammals and birds. There is no fixed itinerary: each day our expert guide will decide on the best route to maximise the chance of seeing

11 Return to Leh. 12 Fly to Delhi. 13 Free day in Delhi for individual sightseeing.

TGL

Trip Code At a Glance

• 7 days winter walking with full porterage • Camping in sub zero temperatures • Altitude max 4550m, average 3800m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader and appropriate local staff. Min age 18 yrs • 7 nights hotels, 5 nights full-service camping and 1 night homestay • All breakfasts, 10 lunches and 10 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide START

MODERATE

END

2015

Itinerary - Day by Day 1 Start Delhi. 2 Fly to Bagdogra; transfer to Darjeeling. 3 Chance to ride the ‘toy train’; travel by jeep to Dhodrey; trek to Tonglu. 4/5 Trek through rhododendron forests to the crest of the Singalila Ridge. 6 Sunrise view over Kanchenjunga; trek along the ridge to Sabarkam. 7 Trek along the ridge to Phalut with views of Everest, Lhotse, Makalu and Kanchenjunga; descend to Samanden. 8 Descend through forest to Rimbik. 9 Drive to Darjeeling. 10 Visit the Himalayan Mountaineering Institute; drive to Gangtok.

07 Feb** 20 Feb 22 Feb‡# 07 Mar Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

11 Sightseeing including Rumtek Monastery.

• Optional single supplement $490 (includes single tent) • Free airport transfer for any flight • ‡Matho Festival • **Dosmoche Festival • #Led by Valerie Parkinson: see Trip Notes • Golden Triangle extension available: see page 105 • Please enquire for 2016 departure dates

13 To Siliguri; overnight train to Calcutta.

12 Drive to Kalimpong with time to explore. 14 Arrive Calcutta; free time to explore. 15 End Calcutta.

Rid

Phalut Sandakphu Sin

Rumbak

Zingchen

gali

Spituk

Kalimpong

Siliguri

from Delhi

108

3 MODERATE

TBS

Trip Code At a Glance

• 6 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • Altitude max 3660m, average 3300m • Group normally 3 to 16, plus local leader and staff. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights hotels, 1 night lodge, 1 night sleeper train, 5 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 8 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide START

India

Spice Trails of Kerala

Activity Level

South India offers an astonishing diversity of scenery, architecture and culture. This is a fascinating journey through India's tropical south, on foot and by boat. We visit the old Raj town of Munnar sitting below the towering rock face of Anamudi (2695m), Kerala's highest peak. Surrounded by hills carpeted with tea plantations, grassland and verdant forest, this is a walker's delight. From Munnar we trek for five days, traversing the Western Ghats to reach the striking Temple8at Madurai.9The rest is 10 much more relaxed and includes 6 Sri Meenakshi 7 a backwater cruise by houseboat and the chance to sample the famous south Indian cuisine.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

START

29 Mar 26 Apr* 04 Oct 18 Oct 01 Nov 25 Mar 24 Apr* 02 Oct 16 Oct 30 Oct

END

22 Feb 29 Mar 05 Apr

08 Mar 12 Apr 19 Apr

01 Nov 20 Dec 27 Dec

31 Jan 21 Feb 06 Mar 10 Apr 17 Apr

TGK

At a Glance • 5 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • 2-3 other shorter walks • Low altitude throughout • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 8 nights hotels, all en suite, 5 nights camping, 1 night houseboat • All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 6 dinners included

3 Daywalk in the hills of Munnar. 4 Hike in Silent Valley with beautiful views of the tea estates.

30 Oct 13 Nov 18 Dec 01 Jan

13 Nov 27 Nov 01 Jan 15 Jan

5 Ascend towards Meesapulimala Peak, the highest in the area. 6 Trek through plantations and enjoy the magnificent surroundings enriched by red rhododendron.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

7 Ascend to Nagamalai Coffee Plantation, overlooking Kolukumalai Tea Plantation.

• Optional single supplement $450

8 Explore the rich fertile area of Tamil Nadu.

END

12 Apr 10 May 18 Oct 01 Nov 15 Nov 2016

3 MODERATE

2 Into the hills at Munnar.

15 Nov 03 Jan 10 Jan

2016 17 Jan 07 Feb 21 Feb 27 Mar 03 Apr

1 Start Cochin.

2015

Trek through tea plantations l See a diverse culture, religion and people l Cruise on a traditional houseboat

START

INDIA

9 To Madurai; visit the colourful Sri Meenakshi Temple.

Meesapulimala Peak

Cochin

Backwaters

08 Apr 08 May 16 Oct 30 Oct 13 Nov

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

Rimbik

Tonglu Darjeeling

Activity Level

14 End Delhi.

Activity Level

$2190

Backwater cruise in Kerala

In Search of the Snow Leopard

Itinerary - Day by Day

ASIA • INDIA

14 days land only

Munnar

Periyar

Alleppey

10 To Thekkady (Periyar); evening walk through spice gardens. 11 Morning trek in nearby forest; afternoon boat ride on Periyar Lake to see wild elephants (optional).

Madurai

KERALA

12 To Alleppey for overnight stay on a traditional Keralan houseboat.

TAMIL NADU

13 To Coir Village Resort; explore local villages. 14 To Cochin; sightseeing in the afternoon; optional evening visit to Kathakali dance show.

walking

• Optional single supplement $420 • Golden Triangle or Kashmir extension available; see pages 105 and 107 • *Best departure for Rhododendron

15 End Cochin.

Daily Distance (km) 4 5 6

to Calcutta

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

8 8

7 8

7 16

109

from

14 days land only

$2780

from

Tea pickers in the Highlands

Burma

Highlands of Sri Lanka

Walk through rice paddy fields and tea plantations l Trek to Adam's Peak l Search for leopard

Activity Level

Behind the dazzling beauty of Sri Lanka's world famous beaches is an island of lush jungle, spice gardens, ancient Buddhist temples and an abundance of wildlife - all of which makes for a unique trekking experience. Our adventure begins in Sigiriya with a visit to Lion Rock. From here the trekking begins in earnest, through the unspoiled World Heritage conservation area of the Knuckles Mountain Range, past rice paddies and brushing the vibrant, emeraldgreen tea plantations of Dickoya. After this we see the spectacular 1000m cliff drop of World's End before tackling the challenging Adam's Peak (2243m).

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide END

START

25 Jan 08 Feb 22 Feb 11 Apr 09 Aug 31 Jan 21 Feb 13 Mar 10 Apr 07 Aug

21 Aug 09 Oct 06 Nov 18 Dec 01 Jan

30 Aug 01 Nov 29 Nov 03 Jan 10 Jan 04 Sep 23 Oct 20 Nov 01 Jan 15 Jan

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Optional single supplement $510 (not available for 3 nights) • Maldives extension available - see Trip Notes

Sigiriya

walking areas

Nuwara Eliya Ella Yala Horton Plains Kataragama Wedihiti Kanda

Galle

• 8 full and half-day walks • Full porterage throughout • Altitude maximim 2243m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 13 nights hotel accommodation, all en suite 1 night full-service camping • All breakfasts 5 lunches and 1 dinner included

2 Visit Dambulla Caves, village walk towards Sigiriya; afternoon visit to Lion Rock Fortress. 3 Drive to Illukkumbura; walk the Manigala Trail in the Knuckles Range. 4 Walk through forests to Meemure, transfer to Orutota. 5 To Kandy; visit the Temple of the Tooth.

“Highly recommended. A beautiful country and a beautiful way to see it.” John Pick

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4 6

110

At a Glance

6 15 14 6

7 14 9 7 10 12 12 5

6 Transfer to Dickoya; optional walk around the lake and tea plantations.

Trekking in Burma 6

A truly remote trekking trip that visits Burma’s cultural highlights as well as exploring the isolated Chin Hills of north west Burma. This area is home to the Chin people whose culture and traditions have changed little over the centuries. Over 25 clan languages are spoken in the region and women are still adorned with tattooed faces and ornate tribal jewellery. We will stay in monasteries and school houses, pass forested hills and tea plantations and ascend Mt Victoria (3063m) for magnificent views of the surrounding area. We will also visit the 4000 temples of Bagan, the U Bein Bridge and the magnificent Shwedagon Pagoda.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

START

END

14 Jan 11 Feb 18 Mar 04 Nov 25 Nov 13 Jan 10 Feb 16 Mar

At a Glance • 7 days point-to-point walking • Full porterage throughout • Altitude maximum 3084m, average 1992m • Group normally 5 to 12, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 7 nights hotels, 1 night guest house, 4 nights village houses and 1 night camping • All breakfasts, 5 lunches and 6 dinners included

5 Trek from Khone Ei to Amlong. 6 Trek Amlong to Madat.

• Optional single supplement $510 (not available on trek)

Mingun Mandalay

Mindat Bagan

11 Drive to Yala National Park; afternoon game drive.

TOM

4 Begin trek; Mindat to Khone Ei.

7 Madat to Aye.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

10 Daywalk around Ella; visit the Ravana Waterfalls and Ella Gap.

3 Drive to Mindat.

26 Jan 23 Feb 29 Mar

Mt Victoria

4 MODERATE/CHALLENGING

2 Fly to Bagan; visit temples; sunset at Lawkananda Temple.

27 Jan 24 Feb 31 Mar 17 Nov 08 Dec 2016

1 Start Rangoon; free for sightseeing.

2015

8 To Nuwariya Eliya; optional walk and time to explore the town.

“Visually intoxicating with some terrific walking too.” Emma Garrick

BURMA

8 Trek Aye to Do Nuu. 9 Ascend to summit of Mt Victoria and spend the night here. 10 Decend to Kampalat; drive to Bagan. 11 Fly to Mandalay; sunset at Mandalay Hill. 12 Sunrise at U Bein Bridge; Irrawaddy boat trip to Sagaing and Mingun. 13 Fly to Rangoon; sunset at Shwedagon Pagoda.

Daily Distance (km)

12 Visit Kataragama Temple and walk around Tissamaharama lake; transfer to the coast. 13 Free day to relax on the beach or option al activities including whale watching (Nov to April).

Activity Level

7 Ascend Adams Peak.

9 Early morning to Horton Plains; walk to World’s End viewpoint; to Ella by train.

Trek in the remote Chin Hills l Meet tribal people l Explore Bagan's mystical temples

Kandy Adam’s Peak

TGY

add

SRI LANKA

Knuckles

Colombo

MODERATE

Irraw

Dambulla

1 Start Dambulla.

16 Aug 18 Oct 15 Nov 20 Dec 27 Dec 2016

17 Jan 07 Feb 28 Feb 27 Mar 24 Jul

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

2015 11 Jan 25 Jan 08 Feb 28 Mar 26 Jul

$3990

4000 temples of Bagan

Sri Lanka

START

ASIA • BURMA

ASIA • SRI LANKA

15 days land only

4 5 6 7

trekking

14 To Galle; transfer to Colombo.

10 7 15 15

8 9 10 5

14 End Rangoon. 19 20

Rangoon

15 End Colombo.

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

111

from

14 days land only

$2590

from

$3420

Segara Anak Crater Lake, Mt. Rinjani

Mt Kinabalu

Indonesia

Malaysia

Indonesia Volcano Trek

NEW

Summit Lombok's Mt Rinjani l Sunrise over Bromo's caldera l Temples and villages of Java and Bali

Activity Level

When it comes to volcanoes, no country can match Indonesia. Sitting firmly on the Pacific Ring of Fire, the South East Asian archipelago boasts more active volcanoes than anywhere else on Earth. The result is a lush and fertile land which has developed a rich and diverse culture. As we journey through the islands of Java, Bali and Lombok we explore ancient temples, wander through villages and rice paddies and hike up active volcanoes with fumaroles, calderas and sulphuric lakes.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

END

25 Apr 06 Jun 01 Aug 05 Sep

09 May 20 Jun 15 Aug 19 Sep

23 Apr 04 Jun 06 Aug 03 Sep

5 CHALLENGING

At a Glance • 8 days walking, plus 1 optional walk • Good fitness required • Altitude maximum 3726m, average 1500m • Accommodation in a mixture of standards of hotel and camping • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16yrs • All breakfasts, 3 lunches and 2 dinners included

3 Visit Prambanan Temple, Sukuh and Tawangmanggu walk. 4 Lawu Volcano hike. 5 To Malang.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

7 Sunrise on Mt Bromo, on to Ketapang. 8 Ijen hike then ferry to Lovina, Bali. 9 Munduk hike.

INDONESIA

Borobudur Yogyakarta Prambanan

10 Optional dolphin tour; to Candidassa, optional walk. 11 Ferry to Senaru, Lombok.

Mt Bromo

Ijen Lovina

Malang

BALI

Trails of Borneo 8

Daily Distance (km) 24

10 8 12 7.5 14 8.5 14 15

Activity Level

The great rainforests of Borneo present a multitude of exciting activities. We journey into ancient equatorial rainforest at Mulu National Park to the largest caves on Earth and trek through the jungle. We meet the loveable Orang-utans at the Sepilok Rehabilitation Centre and venture to the Kinabatangan River where indigenous wildlife is frequently seen. Finally we climb Mt Kinabalu (4095m), the highest mountain in South East Asia for sunrise and panoramic views out to the Sulu Sea. We finish our adventure relaxing on the beach.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

END

29 Mar 12 Apr 07 Jun 26 Jul 02 Aug 06 Sep 18 Oct 08 Nov 23 Dec

11 Apr 25 Apr 20 Jun 08 Aug 15 Aug 19 Sep 31 Oct 21 Nov 05 Jan

27 Mar 10 Apr 24 Jul 07 Aug 04 Sep 16 Oct 06 Nov 23 Dec

Sandakan

Kota Kinabalu

Sepilok

Utan MALAYSIA Orang Centre

TRIP HIGHLIGHT

6 Morning public ferry to Labuan; visit the WWII cemetery, public ferry to Kota Kinabalu.

Mulu Canopy Walkway

7 Fly to Sandakan, visit Sepilok Orang-utan Centre; Kinabatanagan River for sunset cruise.

Get up close to a huge variety of wildlife in Mulu National Park with a walk on the longest tropical canopy walkway in the world. Stretching to nearly 500m we pass trees draped with orchids, ferns and creepers and keep a close eye on the canopy for glimpses of macaque monkeys, hornbills, flying lizards, squirrels and a variety of rainforest birds.

BORNEO

Mulu Caves

P Premium F departure

• 3 full day walks and shorter excursions • Travel by plane, boat and private bus • Altitude maximum 4095m • Group normally 5 to 16 plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 5 nights comfortable hotels, 4 nights standard hotels, 4 nights basic lodges/mountain huts • All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 5 dinners included

5 Trek the Headhunters Trail; boat and drive to Limbang.

Mt. Kinabalu

BRUNEI

At a Glance

4 Boat to Clearwater and Wind caves, trek to camp 5 and the Melinau Gorge.

• Optional single supplement $560 (8 nights only)

Miri

AOB

3 Morning canopy walkway, free afternoon for self guided trails or visit a local longhouse.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

15 End Lombok.

2 Fly to Mulu N.P.; jungle walks to Lang’s Cave and Deer Cave.

09 Apr 23 Apr 06 Aug 20 Aug 17 Sep 29 Oct 19 Nov 05 Jan

14 Trek to summit of Rinjani, descend and continue to the beach at Kuta.

4 MODERATE/CHALLENGING

1 Start Miri.

2016

Itinerary - Day by Day

2015

13 Trek inside Rinjani’s crater.

3 9 4 6 7.5 8 6 9 15

112

12 Trek to crater rim of Mt Rinjani.

Mt Rinjani

LOMBOK

Climb Mt Kinabalu for sunrise l Explore rainforest trails l Spot indigenous wildlife

6 Trekking on Bromo Volcano.

• Optional single supplement $530 ($630 in July and August)

Tawangmanggu

TOJ

2 Borobudur and walk on Setumbu Hill.

07 May 18 Jun 20 Aug 17 Sep

JAVA

1 Start Yogyakarta.

2016

Itinerary - Day by Day

2015

ASIA • MALAYSIA

ASIA • INDONESIA

15 days land only

INDONESIA KALIMANTAN

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

Daily Distance (km) 3 6 4 2 5 9 6 12

11 3 12 6 13 9

8 Wildlife spotting on the river, and trek to an ox-bow lake. 9 Transfer to Sabah tea plantation via Gomontong caves. 10 Morning walk; drive to mountain resort and prepare for ascent. 11 From Mt Kinabalu Park HQ climb to mountain hut at 3400m, via Mesilau Route. 12 Climb to summit of Mt Kinabalu for sunrise; descend and transfer to beach outside Kota Kinabalu. 13 Free day. 14 End Kota Kinabalu.

113

from

9 days land only

$4370

from

China 1

Hike up Mt Fuji for sunrise l Ascend Mt Yarigatake l Explore Kyoto and Tokyo

Activity Level

Mt Fuji and Mt Yarigatake, the 'Japanese Matterhorn', are the most famous Japanese mountains, and on this trip we ascend both of these iconic peaks while also taking in Japan's intriguing blend of ancient traditions and modern culture. We stay in Kyoto, Japan's ancient capital, with its peaceful Zen gardens and Shinto temples, spend a day in futuristic Tokyo, and take a short walk on the Nakasendo Way, an ancient trading route. A great combination of the old and the new, as well as mountains and cities, in the 'Land of the Rising Sun'.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

END

20 Jul 03 Aug 17 Aug

01 Aug 15 Aug 29 Aug

18 Jul 08 Aug 15 Aug

5 CHALLENGING

TOP

At a Glance • 4 daywalks and 2 half-day walks • Travel by train, taxi, local and private bus • Altitude maximum 3776m, average 1000m • Group normally 5 to 16 plus local leader. Min age 18 yrs • 8 nights comfortable hotel, 3 nights mountain hut, 1 night Ryokan • All breakfasts, 4 lunches and 4 dinners included

1 Start Kyoto. 2 Free day to explore the delights of Kyoto, one of Japan’s ancient capitals.

2016

Itinerary - Day by Day

2015

30 Jul 20 Aug 27 Aug

3 Transfer by train to Nakasendo; walk a section of the ancient Nakasendo Way.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

4 Transfer to Kamikochi via Matsumoto; afternoon walk to Yarisawa.

• Optional single supplement $350 (4 nights Kyoto and Tokyo only)

5 Climb Mt Yari (3180m) and descend to Yarigatake Mountain Hut.

Matsumoto Nakasendo

Tokyo

Kyoto

Daily Distance (km) 4 5 6

114

6 16 12

7 9 5 10 5

“A great opportunity to savour some of Japan’s best natural and city attractions, so much is covered in two weeks.” David White

$1330

Sunset over the Great Wall

Japan

Mt Fuji & the Japanese Alps

ASIA • CHINA

ASIA • JAPAN

13 days land only

6 Descend to Kamikochi, and transfer to Matsumoto. Here we can relax in a local hot spring or explore the magnificent Black Castle. 7 Transfer from Matsumoto to Kawaguchi, at the base of Mt Fuji. 8 Transfer to Station Five on Mt Fuji; climb slowly to Honhachigome - close to the summit of Mt Fuji.

Walking the Great Wall 8

Activity Level

Stepping out across the peaceful semi-ruin of a section of the Great Wall is like walking in the footsteps of the past. Far from the tourist crowds we are able to get a great sense of the scale and the majesty of this remarkable piece of engineering without rushing through in a big group. The main attraction lies in trekking the outlying sections of the wall where barely any tourists tread. As we trek along various contrasting sections of the wall, we get closer to day-to-day life in rural China before returning to Beijing, a city steeped in history yet plunging headlong into modernity.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

END

START

02 Apr 16 Apr 07 May 21 May 04 Jun 18 Jun 02 Jul 16 Jul 30 Jul

10 Apr 24 Apr 15 May 29 May 12 Jun 26 Jun 10 Jul 24 Jul 07 Aug

31 Mar

08 Apr

MODERATE/CHALLENGING

TCW

At a Glance • 6 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • Sections can be steep, narrow and in poor condition with loose rocks • Altitude maximum 1050m, average 1000m • Group normally 5 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 2 nights comfortable hotels, 5 nights basic guesthouses and 1 night standard hotel, all en suite • All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 6 dinners included

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

2015

1 Start Beijing.

06 Aug P 13 F Aug 03 Sep 10 Sep 17 Sep 24 Sep 01 Oct 08 Oct

P F

14 Aug 21 Aug 11 Sep 18 Sep 25 Sep 02 Oct 09 Oct 16 Oct

2 Transfer to Mutian Yu and trek past watchtowers before transfering to Jiankou. 3 Morning trek around Jiankou with its steep mountains and beautiful scenery; transfer to Gubeikou. 4 Walk along the wall near Gubeikou. 5 Hike past villages to Jinshanling.

2016 14 Apr

22 Apr

6 Walk over mountain ridges from Jinshanling towards Simatai, past ruined and restored watchtowers; visit East Qing Tombs.

Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

7 Drive to Taipingzhai and trek to Huangyaguan.

• Optional single supplement $260 (6 nights only) • Free airport transfer for any flight • Xi'an extension available

8 Transfer to Beijing; afternoon sightseeing tour. 9 End Beijing.

9 An early start for sunrise at Japan’s highest point (3776m); descend and transfer to the nearby Lake Kawaguchi. 10 Free day to relax and explore.

Walk one of the seven wonders of the world l Rural scenery l Guided tour of Beijing

Gubeikou Jiankou

Mutian Yu

Jinshanling

Daily Distance (km)

Simatai

TERRACOTTA WARRIORS EXTENSION

Huangyaguan

11 Morning transfer to Tokyo. 12 Time to explore Tokyo, one of the world’s most spectacular capital cities.

Qing Tombs

13 End Tokyo. 0

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

90 km

F Family departure

Visit the ancient city of Xi’an, home to the Terracotta Warriors. 1 2 3 4

2 3 4

8 5 5

5 6 7 7 3

Overnight sleeper train to Xi’an from Beijing. Arrive Xi’an, afternoon city tour. Visit Terracotta Warriors. Fly to London.

115

Americas TRIP NAME

TRIP CODE

ACTIVITY LEVEL PAGE

PERU The Inca Trail

TPT

119

Inca Trail & the Amazon Rainforest

TPJ

120

121

Inca Trail, Titicaca & Nazca

TPD

The Inca Trail in Comfort

TPQ

NEW

The High Inca Trail

TPS

122

Huayhuash Circuit

TPH

122

123

COSTA RICA, VENEZUELA & ECUADOR Venezuela: The Lost World & Angel Falls

TAV

Galapagos: In Darwin’s Footsteps

TPG

124

Ecuador: Avenue Of The Volcanoes

TPV

125

126

BRAZIL, CHILE & ARGENTINA On Brazil’s Diamond Trails

TAX

Chile: Hiking In A Thin Country

TAW

127

Fitzroy & Paine

TAF

128

NEW

CUBA & GUATEMALA Trekking Highlights of Cuba

TAC

129

Guatemalan Highlands & Volcanoes

TAE

130

TAG

131

NORTH AMERICA National Parks Walk Yellowstone Wildlife Walks

TAY

132

Walking the Appalachian Trail

TAN

133

Canadian Rockies Wilderness Walk

TAB

134

Main Photograph: Bison roaming through the geo-thermal Yellowstone National Park, USA. Page 132.

116

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

117

AMERICAS • PERU

9 days land only from

Why Exodus? Dedicated partners: Our Peruvian partners share our goal to set the standard for sustainable, responsible tourism in the Andes and also provide our clients with the very best in organisation and support. Porter Protection: We are fully committed to our staff and porters, ensuring they get a fair wage and are equipped to deal with any inclement mountain conditions. Camping Conditions: All our treks on the Inca Trail use a separate dining tent for communal meals, as well as a portable toilet tent which allows us to remove all waste from our campsites. Tents are inspected and replaced regularly by our local partners to ensure the most comfortable camping possible.

Inca Trail Permits

The Inca Trail The most famous trek in South America was once an ancient Inca highway connecting Cuzco with the lost city of Machu Picchu. The original trail has been carefully and comprehensively restored, and although it can be quite busy at times, it is unquestionably the most rewarding way to arrive at Machu Picchu, passing through Amazonian cloud forest surrounded by snow-capped Andean peaks.

Inca ruins

Peru

If you would like to set foot on the old Inca highway we advise you to BOOK EARLY. The reason is simple: it is a legal requirement that each trekker has a permit and the number issued is limited to protect the trail. Those who book well ahead of their departure date (at least 6 months) are almost certain to get a permit. Those who delay may not get a spot.

Alternative Route – Moonstone Trek With the Inca Trail being more popular than ever, and entry strictly controlled by permits, we offer a fantastic alternative trek on a secluded route with stunning mountain scenery, remote Andean villages and unexplored ruins. The Moonstone Trek is a great introduction to high Andean walking and can be substituted into most of our Inca Trail trips, re-joining the rest of the group (who have walked the standard Inca Trail) at the campsite below Machu Picchu the night before your dawn tour of the ruins. For more information and a detailed itinerary, please visit our website : www.exodustravels.com/peru-holidays/ moonstone-trek-option

The Inca Trail

Trek the classic Inca Trail l Mystical Machu Picchu at dawn l Explore the Inca capital of Cuzco

Activity Level

Offering an unrivalled combination of history and dramatic scenery, the ancient Inca Trail winds its way from the powerful Urubamba River, across mountain passes and through cloud forests, passing several crumbling fortresses before reaching the lost city of Machu Picchu. Our trip is designed to maximise the time spent at Machu Picchu, and a dawn tour of the ruins allows us to appreciate the site before the crowds of day trippers and other trekkers arrive.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

END

START

END

19 Mar 02 Apr 16 Apr 23 Apr 07 May 21 May 28 May 04 Jun 18 Jun 25 Jun# 09 Jul 23 Jul 06 Aug 13 Aug 20 Aug

27 Mar 10 Apr 24 Apr 01 May 15 May 29 May 05 Jun 12 Jun 26 Jun 03 Jul 17 Jul 31 Jul 14 Aug 21 Aug 28 Aug

27 Aug 03 Sep 10 Sep 17 Sep 24 Sep 01 Oct P 08 F Oct 15 Oct 22 Oct 29 Oct 12 Nov 03 Dec 24 Dec 31 Dec

04 Sep 11 Sep 18 Sep 25 Sep 02 Oct 09 Oct 16 Oct 23 Oct 30 Oct 06 Nov 20 Nov 11 Dec 01 Jan 08 Jan

17 Mar 24 Mar 07 Apr 14 Apr 28 Apr 05 May 19 May# 26 May 02 Jun 16 Jun 23 Jun

Machu Picchu Veronica Chilca

Dead Woman’s Pass

Llactapata

Huayanay

Cachijata

Ollantaytambo

Silque River

Salcantay

Accocasa Pass Chillipawa Wata

Inca Trail Moonstone Trek

Urubamba River Sac red Vall ey Molinuyoc

Pisac

railway

Cuzco

25 Mar 01 Apr 15 Apr 22 Apr 06 May 13 May 27 May 03 Jun 10 Jun 24 Jun 01 Jul

15 Jul 29 Jul 12 Aug 19 Aug 26 Aug 02 Sep 09 Sep 16 Sep 23 Sep 30 Sep 07 Oct

Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $210 (hotel and tent) • #Moonstone departure: see Trip Notes • Alternative Moonstone Trek available: see TPM Trip Notes • Lake Titicaca extension also available: see Trip Notes • Free airport transfer for any flight

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

TPT

At a Glance • 4 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • 7kg personal weight limit on Inca Trail trek • Altitude maximum 4200m, average 3050m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 4 nights en suite hotels, 4 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 5 lunches and 4 dinners included

2 Free day; optional Sacred Valley excursion. 3 Start Inca Trail trek from km82; walk along Urubamba River then climb to Huayllabamba. 4 Climb to the top of Dead Woman’s Pass (4200m), then descend via old Inca steps to Pacaymayu. 5 Over Runcuray Pass (3800m) to ruins of Sayajmarca and Phuyupatamarca.

P F

6 Walk down Inca steps to Wiñay Wayna and Machu Picchu via the Sun Gate. 7 Visit Machu Picchu for guided dawn tour; free time to explore further, then return to Cuzco by train. AMAZON RAINFOREST EXTENSION P F

Easily accessible from Cuzco, the Amazon is the world's largest rainforest and home to an astonishing array of wildlife, as well as countless plant species. Spending three nights at a lodge in the incredibly rich Tambopata Reserve, we use motorised canoes to explore its lakes and rivers, and follow jungle trails to discover its dense forests.

F Family departure

8 Free day Cuzco; optional biking or paddle-boarding excursions available. 9 End Cuzco.

FAMILY WALKING

Our ‘Inca Trail Family Holiday’ (trip code FNP) is perfect for families with children aged 11-16 yrs. Please see our website for details.

Daily Distance (km) 3 4

Main Photograph: Ancient lost city of Machu Picchu, Peru. Page 119.

118

3 MODERATE

1 Start Cuzco (3400m); free time to explore the Inca captial.

P F

07 Jul 21 Jul P 04 F Aug 11 Aug 18 Aug 25 Aug 01 Sep 08 Sep 15 Sep 22 Sep 29 Sep

Itinerary - Day by Day

2015

2016

Winay Wayna Phuyupatamarca

$1390

11 8

5 6

7 9

119

from

15 days land only

$3480

9 days land only

$2760

from

Tambopata Reserve

Walk the classic Inca Trail l Village homestay on Lake Titicaca l Three nights in the rainforest Peru has been home to many civilisations, most notably the Incas, whose ancient cities and fortresses are still being discovered across this fascinating region. Our three-part itinerary includes the Inca Trail, which takes in beautiful mountains and cloud forest as we follow a historic route to Machu Picchu, the best-preserved and most dramatic Inca ruin. We also explore the harsh landscapes of the high altiplano and the islands of Lake Titicaca and, in complete contrast, the dense jungles of the Amazon Rainforest. Dates & Price Guide START

END

START

END

2015 28 Mar 18 Apr 25 Apr 02 May 16 May 23 May 13 Jun 27 Jun 11 Jul 25 Jul 08 Aug

11 Apr 02 May 09 May 16 May 30 May 06 Jun 27 Jun 11 Jul 25 Jul 08 Aug 22 Aug

15 Aug 22 Aug 29 Aug P 05 F Sep 12 Sep 19 Sep 26 Sep 10 Oct 24 Oct 31 Oct

Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $440 (hotel and tent; excludes homestay) • Alternative Moonstone Trek available: see TPM Trip Notes • Free airport transfer for any flight

Lima

Puerto Maldonado

Machu Picchu Inca Trail

Sacred Valley (optional)

Tambopata Reserve

Cuzco

PERU South Pacific Ocean

Puno

Activity Level

3 MODERATE

TPJ

Trip Code At a Glance

• 4 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • 7kg personal weight limit on Inca Trail trek • Altitude maximum 4200m, average 3050m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 6 nights hotels, 3 nights rainforest lodge, 1 night homestay (basic shared facilities), and 4 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 8 lunches and 7 dinners included

Start Lima; free afternoon.

Fly to Puerto Maldonado; boat journey into Tambopata Reserve; guided jungle walks.

Lake Titicaca

Fly to Cuzco (3400m); free time to explore the ancient capital.

Free day; optional Sacred Valley excursion.

7/10 Inca Trail trek from km82 to Machu Picchu. GALAPAGOS CRUISES

All of our Peru itineraries can be combined with a cruise in the wildliferich Galapagos Islands – please see trips WGR and WGS. We also offer longer cruises and alternative itineraries if you prefer. Please contact our expert Sales team who will be able to help you choose the perfect Galapagos extension to your trip.

11 Dawn tour of Machu Picchu; return to Cuzco by train. 12 Drive across altiplano to Puno (3800m), on shores of Lake Titicaca. 13 Boat to Amantani Island for village homestay. 14 Morning travel to mainland; evening fly to Lima. 15 End Lima.

Daily Distance (km) 7 8

11 8

Activity Level

Start Lima.

Trip Code

Drive south to Paracas and sail to the Ballestas Islands; on to Ica.

At a Glance

To Nazca; Nazca Lines viewing platforms; optional scenic flight.

Head high into the Andes to Abancay.

Continue to Cuzco (3400m); afternoon free to acclimatise.

Free day in Cuzco to explore the many Inca ruins and Spanish churches.

• 4 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • 7kg personal weight limit • Altitude max 4200m, average 3050m • Group normally 5 to 16, plus local leader. Min. age 16 yrs • 10 nights hotels, 4 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 4 lunches and 4 dinners included

7/10 Inca Trail trek from km82 to Machu Picchu.

12 Drive across the antiplano to Lake Titicaca (3800m), visiting Inca sites en route. 13 Day trip to floating reed islands of Uros and Taquile. 14 Transfer to Juliaca; fly to Lima. 15 Optional walking tour of Lima’s colonial centre; end Lima.

Machu Picchu Ollantaytambo

7 9

Inca Trail Trek Ballestas Islands Nazca

Nazca Lines

Abancay

PERU

P Premium F departure

Juliaca

MODERATE

TPD

Taquile Island

Puno Lake Titicaca

P Fdeparture P Solo

Activity Level 7 8 Trip Code

2 Visit the Sacred Valley; continue to Ollantaytambo.

At a Glance

3 Start Inca Trail trek; walk along Urubamba River then climb to Huayllabamba. 4 Cross Dead Woman’s Pass (4200m). 5 Over second pass to ruins of Sayajmarca and Phuyupatamarca. 6 Down Inca steps to Winay Wayna and Machu Picchu. 7 Visit Machu Picchu for guided dawn tour; return to Cuzco by train. 8 Free day Cuzco.

11 Apr 09 May 30 May 20 Jun 11 Jul 08 Aug 05 Sep 19 Sep 03 Oct 31 Oct

25 Apr 23 May 13 Jun 04 Jul 25 Jul 22 Aug 19 Sep 03 Oct 17 Oct 14 Nov

• Optional single supplement $490 (hotel and tent) • Free airport transfer for any flight • Alternative Moonstone Trek available: see TPM Trip Notes • Amazon Rainforest extension available: see page 119

F Family departure

3 9MODERATE

4 10

• 4 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • 10kg personal weight limit, sleeping bag hire included • Altitude max 4200m, average 3050m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 5 nights premium hotels, 3 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 5 lunches and 3 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide

9 End Cuzco.

START

END

2015

TPQ

1 Start Cuzco.

END

Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

Cuzco

Itinerary - Day 4 5 by Day

Dates & Price Guide START

NEW

This trip follows a similar itinerary to our popular Inca Trail trek but with upgraded hotels, more included activities, included sleeping bag hire, and with a hotel night at Machu Picchu replacing a night's camping. While on the trek itself, we also offer a more varied range of meals and a higher personal weight limit than on our standard Inca Trail itineraries to give that little extra comfort.

11 Guided tour of Machu Picchu; return to Cuzco by train.

PREMIUM

A little luxury on the Inca Trail l Sacred Valley excursion included

Itinerary - Day by Day

Lima

9 10

The Inca Trail in Comfort

This tour combines the best-known trek in the Americas with a taste of Peru's diverse landscapes and cultures. Lake Titicaca's waters lie adorned with floating reed islands inhabited by indigenous groups, while the barren coastal deserts and their mysterious lines of ancient Nazca civilisations continue to fascinate visitors. Cuzco is the ideal base for archaeological discovery and for embarking on the spectacular Inca Trail trek to the imposing citadel of Machu Picchu.

South Pacific Ocean

120

Dawn tour of Machu Picchu l See the intriguing Nazca Lines

3/4 Jungle exploration including forest walks and boat trips. P F

Peru

Inca Trail, Titicaca & Nazca 1

Itinerary - Day by Day

29 Aug 05 Sep 12 Sep 19 Sep 26 Sep 03 Oct 10 Oct 24 Oct 07 Nov 14 Nov

Machu Picchu

Peru

Inca Trail & the Amazon Rainforest

$2020

Life on Uros Island

Peru

AMERICAS • PERU

15 days land only

P F

Machu Picchu In Traca il

Cordillera Vilcabamba

P F

Veronica

Huayllabamba

Ollantaytambo Urub amb a Va lley

Huayanay

trekking train road

PERU

Cuzco

03 Apr 15 May 26 Jun 14 Aug 11 Sep 09 Oct

11 Apr 23 May 04 Jul 22 Aug 19 Sep 17 Oct 2016

25 Mar 02 Apr 27 May 04 Jun 24 Jun 02 Jul 12 Aug 20 Aug Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $340 (hotel and tent) • Alternative Moonstone Trek available: see TPM Trip Notes • Amazon Rainforest or Lake Titicaca extension available: see page 119 and Trip Notes • Free airport transfer for any flight

121

from

21 days land only

$2190

from

Phuyupatamarca ruins

On this trek we spend a few days deep in the solitude of the Cordillera Vilcabamba before joining the classic Inca Trail for the approach to Machu Picchu. Our high route skirts many of the great peaks and takes us close to Mt. Salcantay (6271m) and its creaking glaciers. We walk through remote villages and cross the spectacular Chiriasqa Pass. Back in Cuzco and the Sacred Valley we discover majestic Inca temples and fortresses.

Magnificent, steep and dramatic, the richly glaciated Huayhuash Range is home to Peru's second highest peak, Yerupaja (6634m). This demanding trek is one of the world's most spectacular mountain circuits. True walking enthusiasts are rewarded with unequalled views of turquoise glacial lakes, jagged snow-capped peaks and stunning hanging glaciers.

Itinerary - Day by Day

1 Start Cuzco; afternoon walking tour of the Inca capital. 2 Full-day walking tour of nearby ruins. 3 Free day. 4 Drive to Mollepata; trek to Marcocasa. 5 Follow Inca canal to Soraypampa and climb up to base of Salcantay. 6 Ascend Inca Chiriasqa Pass (4960m) and follow glaciated valley to Pampa Cahuana. 7 Follow river to camp at Huayllabamba. 8 Join Inca Trail; cross Dead Woman’s Pass. 9 Over second pass to ruins of Sayajmarca and Phuyupatamarca. 10 Down Inca steps to Winay Wayna and Machu Picchu. 11 Visit the ruins of Machu Picchu, then by train to Sacred Valley. 12 Explore Sacred Valley ruins of Ollantaytambo and Pisac; return to Cuzco. 13 Free time to relax in Cuzco. 14 End Cuzco. PERU

Inc

aT rail

Cordillera Vilcabamba Salcantay

Mollepata trekking train

Veronica Ollantaytambo

Urub

amb a Va lley Huayanay Tarahuasi Pisac Anta Cuzco

Auyan Tepui, Canaima National Park

Venezuela: The Lost World & Angel Falls

Trek Peru's most dramatic range l Cross the continental divide

Activity Level

5 CHALLENGING

TPS

Trip Code

• 7 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • 10kg personal weight limit • Altitude max 4960m, average 3550m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 18 yrs • 7 nights en suite hotels, 6 nights full-service camping • All breakfasts, 8 lunches and 6 dinners included

Dates & Price Guide END

2015

10 May 24 May 14 Jun 12 Jul 26 Jul 02 Aug 23 Aug 06 Sep 20 Sep 04 Oct

1 Start Lima. 2 Drive to Huaraz (3050m). 3 Trek to Lake Huilcacocha.

At a Glance

START

1 6Itinerary - 7Day by Day8

23 May 06 Jun 27 Jun 25 Jul 08 Aug 15 Aug 05 Sep 19 Sep 03 Oct 17 Oct

Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $390 (single hotel and tent) • Amazon Rainforest or Lake Titicaca extension available: see page 119 • Free airport transfer for any flight

4 Hike in Llanganuco Gorge. 5 Drive to Cuartelwain; overnight camp. 6 Cross continental divide; camp below big peaks. 7 Cross Carhuac Pass (4600m); camp alongside Lake Carhuacocha. 8 Rest day or optional walk. 9 Climb over Punta Carnicero Pass (4615m); camp at Huayhuash. 10 Climb over Portachuelo Pass (4750m); re-cross Continental Divide. 11 Cross Cuyoc Pass (5030m); descend to riverside camp. 12 Walk up Sarapococha Valley; camp near Siula Grande. 13 Rest day; option to explore Joe Simpson’s Base Camp. 14 Trek to remote Huayllapa village; tough climb to high camp. 15 Cross sixth pass; camp in wooded valley. 16 Continue to Yaucha Pass (4800m); short optional ascent of Cerro Yaucha. 17 Rest day at Lake Jahuacocha. 18 Final pass, then descend to Matacancha. 19 Return to Huaraz. 20 Drive to Lima. 21 End Lima.

$3520

Venezuela

Trek in the remote Vilcabamba Range l Camp below Salcantay's glaciers

Huayllabamba

from

Peru

Huayhuash Circuit

3 9

10 Activity Level

CHALLENGING

TPH

Trip Code At a Glance

• 14 days point-to-point walking with full porterage • 2 daywalks for acclimatisation • Altitude max 5030m, average 4200m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 18 yrs • 14 nights full-service camping, 5 nights hotels, 1 night local inn • All breakfasts, 14 lunches and 14 dinners included

START

26 Jun 24 Jul 04 Sep

Conan Doyle's classic adventure novel was inspired by Venezuela's 'Lost World', a region of dense jungle and rolling grassland dominated by immense sandstone table mountains known as tepui. On a classic six-day trek we reach the summit of Mount Roraima (2810m) to find a maze of blackened rock and babbling streams harbouring unique plants including rare carnivorous species. We also 8 9 10 visit Auyan Tepui from which the highest waterfall in the world plunges almost 1000 metres - the spectacular Angel Falls.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

END

2015

12 Apr 02 Aug 04 Oct 15 Nov

2016

10 Apr 31 Jul 02 Oct 13 Nov

23 Apr 13 Aug 15 Oct 26 Nov

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

from/to Caracas

16 Jul 13 Aug 24 Sep

Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $200 (single hotel and tent) • Cuzco & Machu Picchu extension available: see Trip Notes to Huaraz/Lima

Ciudad Guyana (Puerto Ordaz)

noco R. Ori

VENEZUELA

Canaima

Angel Falls Auyan Tepui

L. Mitucocha

Llamac

160

GUYANA

240 km

TAV

At a Glance • 6 days point-to-point walking • 10kg personal weight limit; light backpacking necessary • Travel by internal charter flights and private minibus • Altitude maximum 2810m, average 1500m • Group normally 4 to 14, plus local leader. Min age 16yrs • 5 nights guesthouses, 2 nights hotel, 5 nights wild camping and 1 night in hammocks • All breakfasts, 9 lunches and 10 dinners included

Start Caracas.

Fly to Puerto Ordaz; drive to the Grand Savannah.

Arrive in San Francisco de Yuruani.

Start the Roraima trek; hike to Rio Tek.

Hike to base camp.

Ascend Roraima Tepui.

Daywalk on top of Roraima.

Descend to Rio Tek.

Hike to Parai Tepui and drive to Santa Elena.

Small plane to Canaima; boat transfer to Anatoly Island, walking at Salto Sapo Falls; overnight in hammocks.

Fly to Caracas via Puerto Ordaz.

End Caracas.

BRAZIL

Santa Elena

Rondoy L. Carhuacocha L. Jahuacocha Yerupaja Siula Grande Huayhuash trekking L. Jurau Cuyoc Pass

4 MODERATE/CHALLENGING

11/12 Wet season (Jun-Dec): boat to Isla de Raton; hike through tropical rainforest to Angel Falls. Dry season (Jan-May): visit Orchid Island.

Gran Sabana Roraima

San Francisco de Yuruani

trekking

PERU

Itinerary - Day by Day

25 Apr 15 Aug 17 Oct 28 Nov

END

Chiquian Cuartelwain

Activity Level

2015

Trek and camp on Mount Roraima l Visit the iconic Angel Falls l Walk behind Salto Sapo falls

• Optional single supplement $230 (not available every night)

Dates & Price Guide

Huayllapa

122

$3290

The High Inca Trail

Machu Picchu

14 days land only

Views from above above Lake Carhuacocha

Peru

AMERICAS • VENEZUELA

AMERICAS • PERU

14 days land only

Daily Distance (km) 4 5 6

L. Viconga

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

12 6 5

7 3 8 10 9 12

123

from

15 days land only

$5510

from

$2970

Bartolome Island

Summit of Cotopaxi

Ecuador

Galapagos: In Darwin's Footsteps Activity Level

Extended trekking on the island of Isabela in the remote Galapagos archipelago is a rare privilege and we are one of only a few operators allowed here. As part of this trip we enjoy a three day trek to the 9km wide crater rim of the Sierra Negra Volcano, a hike blessed with striking views of the lava-strewn landscape and its smouldering fumaroles. As well as five major volcanoes, Isabela is also one of the last remaining habitats of the Giant Galapagos tortoise. Elsewhere in the Galapagos we undertake shorter walks to appreciate the geological features of these enchanting islands and discover their unique wildlife.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

START

END

07 Mar 28 Mar 09 May 04 Jul 25 Jul

21 Mar 11 Apr 23 May 18 Jul 08 Aug

05 Mar 02 Apr 07 May 02 Jul 23 Jul

19 Mar 16 Apr 21 May 16 Jul 06 Aug

17 Oct 07 Nov 21 Nov 19 Dec

LEISURELY/MODERATE

TPG

At a Glance • 3 days point-to-point walking and up to 6 shorter walks • Altitude: sea-level to 1200m in Galapagos, 2800m in Quito • Group normally 6 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 years • 12 nights hotels and guesthouses in en suite rooms and 2 nights full-service wild camping in 2-person tents • All breakfasts, 8 lunches and 11 dinners included

Ecuador: Avenue Of The Volcanoes 5

10 Jan 06 Jun 21 Nov

END

from/to Quito

San Cristobal

TPV

At a Glance • 5 days walking, 5 days climbing and ice-skills practice • Previous ice climbing experience not necessary • Altitude maximum 5897m, average 4000m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 18 yrs • 9 nights hotels with en suite facilities, 3 nights full-service camping and 2 nights in mountain huts with shared facilities • All breakfasts, 11 lunches and 9 dinners included

4 Start Pinan trek; walk to a small Indian village.

ECUADOR

Otavalo

7 End trek; relax in hot springs.

Cayambe

Quito Cotopaxi

Antisana (optional)

14 Fly to Quito.

Daily Distance (km) 10 12 15 10 20

9 10 11 13 14

8 Visit the Otavalo Indian Market.

Ibarra Imbabura

Pichincha

3 4 5 6 7

6 Climb the extinct volcano of Yanaurco (4530m).

Pinan trek

Cuicocha Lake

13 Explore Bartolome, North Seymour or Plazas Island; optional Charles Darwin Research Centre visit.

9 10 10 12 11 5 12 6

5 Camp beside Yanacocha Lake.

12 Sail to Santa Cruz; visit Tortuga Bay.

3 5 4 5 6 4 7 3 8

CHALLENGING, CLIMB = 7 (TOUGH)

3 Acclimatisation hike at Cuicocha Crater Lake.

COLOMBIA

11 Visit the historical ‘Wall of Tears’ on Isabela.

Daily Distance (km)

2 City tour and equipment check.

• Optional single supplement $420 (not available on Cayambe and Cotopaxi) • Free airport transfer for any flight

trekking areas

15 End Quito.

1 Start Quito.

Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

10 To Puerto Villamil via Giant tortoise breeding centre.

Experience the sights, sounds and smells of the Amazon with an extension to the Napo Wildlife Centre. Our small, comfortable lodge is 100% community owned and sits in 82 square miles of private reserve within the UNESCO Biosphere of Yasuni National Park. Visit parrot clay licks, explore waterways and the lake by dugout canoe and learn about the forest on foot with an expert naturalist guide. See Trip Notes for further details.

Itinerary - Day by Day

24 Jan 20 Jun 05 Dec

9 Continue trek and camp on the rim of the crater.

GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

Floreana

Trip Code

7 Visit highlands of Floreana; sail to Isabela and visit Las Tintoreras.

AMAZON EXTENSION

Post Office Bay

6 Boat to Floreana; visit sea lion colony.

• Optional single supplement $750 • Compulsory Galapagos taxes US$110, paid locally • Free airport transfer for any flight

trekking areas

Ecuador is liberally sprinkled with some of the world's highest peaks. Our acclimatisation starts with the Pinan Trek in the highlands of the Cotacachi-Cayapas Reserve before we head south to discover Otavalo Indian market and relax in the hot springs, ready for our first climb of Imbabura Volcano. Ice skills practise on Cayambe's glaciers will prepare us for the tough (but optional) ascent of Cotopaxi, the world's second highest active volcano. On Cotopaxi we climb with a ratio of one guide to every two trekkers to maximise our chance of summiting.

8 Start Sierra Negra Volcano trek.

Elizabeth Bay

2015

5 Boat to Kicker Rock; walk along Playa Ochoa beach.

Baltra Santa Plazas Cruz Sierra Negra Puerto Ayora

Activity Level

4 San Cristobal highlands walk; snorkelling at Puerto Chino.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

Isabela

2:1 guide ratio on Cotopaxi l Ice climbing skills practice l Excellent acclimatisation programme

START

3 Fly to San Cristobal; afternoon at the Galapagos Visitors’ Centre.

29 Oct 19 Nov 03 Dec 31 Dec

Dates & Price Guide

2 City tour of Quito.

31 Oct 21 Nov 05 Dec 02 Jan

2016 15 Oct 05 Nov 19 Nov 17 Dec

1 Start Quito.

2015

124

Sierra Negra Volcano trek l Enchanting wildlife l Land-based Galapagos holiday

START

AMERICAS • ECUADOR

15 days land only

15 4 3 3 4

9 Summit Imbabura Volcano (4600m).

“The weather peaked at the right time; when we summited we had the clearest possible sky and great views.”

10 To Cayambe Volcano; ice skills class on glacier (approx 5000m). 11 Ice skills training; to Quito. 12 Free day in Quito to relax. 13 To Cotopaxi N.P.; hike to mountain hut (4800m). 14 Climb Cotopaxi (non climbers hike in N.P); to Quito. 15 End Quito.

Steven Groves

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

125

from

13 days land only

$4090

from

Pai Inacio, Chapada Diamantina

Chile NEW

Explore the 'Diamond Plateau' l Colonial Salvador de Bahia l Waterfalls, canyons and grottos

Activity Level

In 1842, in a remote mountainous area of Brazil's northeast, diamond deposits were found, sparking a 20 year diamond rush and giving the region its name of Chapada Diamantina: Diamond Plateau. This is a region where flattop mesas rise above grasslands and crystalclear waterfalls tumble over limestone escarpments dotted with caves and grottos. We explore a land carved by time and the elements and uncover its natural treasures, along with a history and culture which spans three continents. Set inland from the colonial capital, Salvador de Bahia, Chapada Diamantina's canyons and valleys may be little known but it is Brazil's premier trekking destination.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

START

END

START

END

21 Jun 16 Aug

5 CHALLENGING

TAX

At a Glance • 6 days walking • Good fitness required • Altitude maximum 1400m, average 990m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs • 5 nights in hotels and 5 nights in pousadas (guest houses) • All breakfasts, 7 lunches and 5 dinners included

01 Nov 13 Dec

3 To Lencois, Chapada Diamantina.

2016

Chile: Hiking in a Thin Country 8

Unique Valparaiso l Hike in Torres del Paine N.P. l Atacama Desert moonscapes

Activity Level

From the arid Atacama Desert in the north to the granite towers and icy rivers of Torres del Paine National Park in the south, Chile is a wonderful destination for nature lovers to encounter on foot. The tour starts out in cosmopolitan Santiago and the quirky hillsides of Valparaiso before descending into the rugged wilderness of Patagonia for some incredible walks amid dramatic scenery. After flying north to the starry skies of San Pedro de Atacama, we'll discover a landscape of salt flats, geysers, and otherworldly rock formations.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide END

START

END

17 Jan 07 Feb

29 Jan 19 Feb

07 Nov 28 Nov 2016

19 Nov 10 Dec

16 Jan

28 Jan

13 Feb

25 Feb

Salvador

BAHIA

TRIP HIGHLIGHT

Chapada Diamantina

Rio

Poco Azul and Poco Encantado

Lencois

Vale do Capao

waterfalls

Mucuge

Chapada Diamantina

walking areas

Ibicoara 0

160

240 km

Salvador

On this trp we visit two of Chapada Diamantina’s most beautiful underground pools – Poco Azul (Blue Well) and Poco Encantado (Enchanted Pool). The flooded caves shimmer with bright turquoise waters, particularly when the sun comes in through a crevice and shines onto the pools.

6 Hike to the Grey Glacier. 7 Hike to the French Valley.

Valparaiso to Easter Island (optional)

Daily Distance (km) 8 9

Santiago

CHILE

18 walking areas 0

400

800

1200 km

P Fdeparture P Solo

9 Fly to Calama; to San Pedro de Atacama.

One of the most remote settlements on Earth, Easter Island is situated 3,600km off the coast of Chile. The island is home to the iconic 'moai' statues. See Trip Notes.

10 City tour; Afternoon walk amid the strange rock formations of the Cornizas and Moon Valleys.

2 3 5 6 7

Punta Arenas

P Premium F departure

Easter Island

F Family departure

8 10 8 19 22

8 9 6 11 5 12 2 13 4.5

11 Visit altiplano lagoons, the town of Toconao and Atacama salt lake. 12 Visit El Tatio Geysers; hike in Guatin Valley. 13 Transfer to Calama; fly to Santiago; end Santiago.

Daily Distance (km)

Torres del Paine

126

8 Hike to Cuernos del Paine viewpoint; transfer to Puerto Natales then bus journey to Punta Arenas.

TRIP EXTENSION

10 To Salvador, end.

13 12

• 3 daywalks and 7 shorter walks • Light backpacking necessary • Travel by internal flights and private/public bus • Altitude maximum 4500m, average 1000m • Group normally 5 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16yrs • 8 nights hotels, 4 nights mountain refuges with shared facilities • 12 breakfasts and 8 lunches included

5 Hike to base of towers.

9 Encantadas Waterfall hike.

4 5 6

At a Glance

4 To Torres del Paine National Park; walk at Laguna Amarga and Laguna Azul.

8 Fumacinha Waterfall hike. BRAZIL

TAW

3 Fly to Punta Arenas, drive to Puerto Natales.

Salar de Atacama

7 Poco Encantado and Poco Azul.

2 Walking tour through Valparaiso and Vina del Mar.

Calama

6 Full day hike to Guine, transfer to Mucuge.

3 MODERATE

1 Start Santiago; walking tour of the city.

5 Cachoeira da Fumaca hike and Riachinho.

• Optional single supplement $690

Itinerary - Day by Day

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11). • Optional single supplement $390 (excluding refuges) • Easter Island extension available: see Trip Notes

4 Full day hike to Capao Valley.

10 Jun 19 Jun 21 Oct 30 Oct 05 Aug 14 Aug 02 Dec 11 Dec Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

2015

2 Salvador walking tour.

23 Oct 04 Dec

START

1 Start Salvador.

2015 12 Jun 07 Aug

$4750

Los Cuernos, Torres del Paine National Park

Brazil

On Brazil's Diamond Trails

AMERICAS • CHILE

AMERICAS • BRAZIL

10 days land only

127

from

15 days land only

$5230

from

$2450

Fitzroy Massif, Los Glaciares National Park

Escambray

Argentina, Chile

Cuba

Fitzroy & Paine

W-Trek in Torres del Paine l Camp in Fitzroy l See the immense Perito Moreno Glacier

Activity Level

Experience breathtaking landscapes within two classic Patagonian trekking regions on both sides of the Chile/Argentina border. Challenging walks are rewarded with majestic views of lagoons, mountains and glaciers. See guanacos grazing and Andean condors circling overhead, visit the spectacular Perito Moreno Glacier, and find sheer tranquillity in the beautiful wilderness surrounding Lago San Martin. An essential trip for trekking enthusiasts that reveals the stunning glory of nature's southern American wonderland.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

END

START

END

2015 18 Jan 08 Feb 01 Mar

30 Jan 20 Feb 13 Mar

25 Oct 08 Nov 22 Nov 2016

06 Nov 20 Nov 04 Dec

17 Jan 07 Feb 06 Mar

29 Jan 19 Feb 18 Mar

16 Oct 06 Nov 20 Nov

28 Oct 18 Nov 02 Dec

P F

25 8 18

Trekking Highlights of Cuba 8

Activity Level

Cuba is divided by three distinct mountain ranges. To the west, we walk through tobacco fields and rustic farmlands in Vinales, a mountainous area full of limestone karsts. On the pine covered slopes of the Sierra del Escambray we might spot hummingbirds or hear the call of the Tocororo. Travelling east we reach the Sierra Maestra, trek to Fidel's jungle hide-out and ascend Pico Turquino. Images of Cuba's iconic heroes are everywhere and we learn the dramatic history which enabled two young men to incite a revolution.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

END

START

END

05 Nov 19 Nov 26 Nov 21 Dec

19 Nov 03 Dec 10 Dec 04 Jan

2015 08 Jan 12 Feb 12 Mar 09 Apr

22 Jan 26 Feb 26 Mar 23 Apr

240 km

16 13 16

“An exhilarating holiday. The at times hostile environment made a hugely enjoyable challenge.”

TAC

At a Glance • 4 daywalks and 3 half-day walks • Reasonable fitness required • Altitude maximum 1974m, average 500m • Group normally 5 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16yrs • 7 nights hotels, 2 nights casas particulares, 2 nights basic huts, 2 nights bunkhouses and 1 night full-service camping • All breakfasts, 8 lunches and 5 dinners included

2 To Vinales; visit Cueva del Indio. 3 Daywalk in rural Vinales; evening free to explore town. 4 To Sierra del Escambray via Che Guevara’s Mausoleum. 5 Trek in Topes de Collantesa reserve in the Sierra del Escambray Mountains.

Havana

Vinales

7 Free day to explore Trinidad.

Gulf of Mexico

CUBA

8 To Sierra Maestra National Park.

Santa Clara Sancti Spiritus Sierra del Escambray Trinidad

Caribbean Sea 0

160

9 Trek to Aguada de Joaquin.

Camaguey

240 km

Sierra Maestra

11 Full day trekking in Lago San Martin area; Laguna Corazon.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 5 6

6 13 14 12

9 10 11

8 18 7

“A fascinating trip which combined trekking and an insight into real Cuban culture in a very effective way.”

10 Hike the Turquino Peak Trail (1974m). 11 Walk to ‘La Comandancia’; to Camaguey. 12 Sightseeing in Camaguey; to Sancti Spiritus. 13 To Havana; city tour including the old town and Plaza de la Revolucion. 14 Free day in Havana. 15 Visit La Bodeguita del Medio; end Havana.

Richard Beale

John Croker

128

6 ‘Vegas Grandes’ waterfall walk; to Trinidad.

10 Trekking in Fitzroy; walk back to El Chalten; transfer to Estancia Condor.

12 Transfer to El Calafate; fly to Buenos Aires.

3 MODERATE

1 Start Havana.

• Optional single supplement $230 (hotel nights only) • Cayo Levisa beach extension available: see Trip Notes • Free airport transfer for any flight

9 Trekking in Fitzroy; Cerro Torre area; Madre e Hija Lagoons; Torres Glacier viewpoint.

13 End Buenos Aires.

Itinerary - Day by Day

P F

Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

8 Trekking in Fitzroy; Laguna de Los Tres; Laguna Capri.

160

Limestone karsts of Vinales Valley l Pico Turquino, Cuba’s highest peak l Vibrant Havana

7 Rest day; optional Viedma Ice Trek tour.

trekking areas

9 10 11

• 7 days point-to-point walking • Light backpacking necessary • Good fitness required • Altitude maximum 900m, average 200m • Group normally 6 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 18yrs • 5 nights hotels, 3 nights Refugios (dormitories), 2 nights camping, 2 nights estancia (shared rooms) • All breakfasts, 9 lunches and 7 dinners included

6 Visit Perito Moreno Glacier; transfer to El Chalten.

Daily Distance (km) 20

At a Glance

5 Trekking in TDP; to Glacier Grey viewpoint; catamaran and bus transfer to El Calafate.

Grey Glacier

3 4 5 8

TAF

4 Trekking in TDP; to Valle Frances and then back to Paine Grande.

ARGENTINA LagoViedma Lago CHILE Argentino from/to Buenos Aires Moreno Glacier El Calafate

CHALLENGING

3 Trekking in TDP; to base of Las Torres viewpoint then to Los Cuernos.

El Chalten

2 Fly to El Calafate; private transfer to Torres del Paine N.P.

Lago San Martin

Puerto Natales

1 Start Buenos Aires; walking city tour.

• Optional single supplement $400 (5 nights only) • Price does not include internal flights

Torres del Paine

Itinerary - Day by Day P F

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

Mt Fitzroy Cerro Torre

AMERICAS • CUBA

AMERICAS • ARGENTINA, CHILE

13 days land only

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

129

from

10 days land only

$2400

from

Lake Atitlan

USA 1

Explore colourful Antigua city l Hike up to Pacaya's lava field l Swim in natural hot springs

Activity Level

In the central highlands of Guatemala, lofty volcanoes are commonplace. We hike through traditional Indian villages, coffee plantations and cloud forest as we climb peaks which offer staggering views. Although most of the volcanoes are now dormant, we walk to the lava fields of active Pacaya and to the steaming crater of Cerro Quemado. As well as the fantastic walking on offer, there is plenty of time to delve into the local culture and find out more about the Mayan Indians who live in the highlands.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

END

2015

17 Jan 28 Feb 14 Nov

31 Jan 14 Mar 28 Nov

16 Jan 27 Feb 12 Nov

30 Jan 12 Mar 26 Nov

5 CHALLENGING

TAE

At a Glance • 11 days walking • Full porterage throughout • Altitude maximum 3500m, average 2400m • Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader. Min age 18 yrs • 8 nights standard hotels with en suite rooms, 4 nights full-service camping, 2 nights in basic cabins with en suite rooms • All breakfasts, 11 lunches and 7 dinners included

Itinerary - Day by Day 1 Start Antigua.

2016

2 Pacaya Volcano hike (2570m). 3 To Panajachel and Lake Atitlan. 4 Short boat ride across Lake Atitlan followed by Cerro de Oro Volcano walk; transfer to San Juan la Laguna.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9). • Optional single supplement $160

5 Free day in San Juan.

Quetzaltenango Zunil

100

National Parks Walk 8

150 km

Activity Level

From the dark red sandstone of Zion to the multi-coloured stone spires of Bryce Canyon, the striking landscapes of the American West will take your breath away. Etched by millions of years of erosion, sprawling deserts and giant open spaces abound in this geological wonderland. We include some of the best destinations for walkers in the US with trails to challenge different abilities. Our journey ends in glittering Las Vegas. Grand on all fronts, this is a trip with big landscapes, big skies and even bigger adventures.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

END

START

END

24 Apr 29 May 26 Jun 24 Jul 04 Sep

03 May 07 Jun 05 Jul 02 Aug 13 Sep

18 Sep 02 Oct 06 Nov 11 Dec

01 May 05 Jun 03 Jul 31 Jul 11 Sep

6 7 5 11 18 14 17

9 10 11 12 13 14 5

19 23 19 18 21

At a Glance • 9 days walking • Reasonable fitness required • Altitude maximum 2400m, average 800m • Group normally 5 to 12, plus local leader. Min age 18yrs • 7 nights hotels, 2 nights basic lodge (plus 1 hotel night in Las Vegas for Flight Inclusive bookings) • No meals included

3 To Bryce Canyon, afternoon hike.

25 Sep 09 Oct 13 Nov 18 Dec

5 Walking in Arches N.P. or optional activities. 6 To Monument Valley for trekking with Navajo guide. 7 Visit the Grand Canyon.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

7 Spectacular ridge walk to San Marcos Peak.

• Optional single supplement $900 • This trip is operated by our sister company Grand American Adventures

12 Short walk to Cerro Quemado Volcano (3197m).

Monument Valley

13 Hike Santa Maria Volcano (3772m); transfer to Antigua.

15 End Antigua.

TAG

4 To Moab via Goblin Valley; walking in Arches N.P.

16 Sep 30 Sep 04 Nov 09 Dec

Havasupai Indian Reservation

2 Walking in Zion N.P.

6 Steep climb ascending Indian’s Nose Peak.

14 Free day in Antigua; optional visit to Finca El Pilar Reserve.

3 MODERATE

1 Start Las Vegas; to Zion N.P.

27 Sep 11 Oct 15 Nov 20 Dec

2016 22 Apr 27 May 24 Jun 22 Jul 02 Sep

Itinerary - Day by Day

2015

11 Visit Almolonga, Guatemala’s largest vegetable market. Free afternoon to enjoy the hot springs.

Daily Distance (km)

Havasupai Falls l The spectacular Grand Canyon l Tour of iconic Monument Valley

10 Hike Zunil Volcano (3542m).

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

130

9 Sierra de Parraxquim walk.

Pacaya 50

8 Trek through mountains to Santa Catarina.

Guatemala City

Lake Atitlan Cerro de Oro

$2990

Grand Canyon National Park

Guatemala

Guatemalan Highlands & Volcanoes

AMERICAS • USA

AMERICAS • GUATEMALA

15 days land only

150

300

450 km

“If you like the outdoors and all that it encompasses then this is the trip for you. It is awesome.”

8 To the Havasupai Reservation; drive to Hualapai Hilltop and hike to Lodge. 9 Choice of walking trails in Havasupai. 10 To Las Vegas; End.

Daily Distance (km) 1 2 3 4 5

9 10 9 8 11

6 7 8 9

9 6 8 10

David Richmond

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

F Family departure

131

from

10 days land only

$2910

from

Bison at ‘Old Faithful’ Geyser

USA

Yellowstone Wildlife Walks

Track wolves in Yellowstone N.P. l Glacier and Grand Teton N.P. l Specialist wildlife guides

Activity Level

In the middle of the Rocky Mountains are three celebrated national parks harbouring varied scenery and wildlife: the spires and azure lakes of Grand Teton, the towering sentinel peaks of Glacier and the explosive geology of Yellowstone. From colourful meadows, canyons and waterfalls to fiery volcanic pools and glaciated rocky spires, this is a trip with dramatic views and iconic wildlife. Specialist local guides will accompany us along the way.

Trip Code

START

END

START

END

19 Jul 26 Jul* 02 Aug* 09 Aug 16 Aug

30 Jul 06 Aug 13 Aug 20 Aug 27 Aug

2015 07 Jun* 14 Jun 21 Jun 28 Jun* 05 Jul* 12 Jul

18 Jun 25 Jun 02 Jul 09 Jul 16 Jul 23 Jul

05 Jun* 12 Jun 19 Jun 26 Jun* 03 Jul* 10 Jul

16 Jun 23 Jun 30 Jun 07 Jul 14 Jul 21 Jul

17 Jul 24 Jul* 31 Jul* 07 Aug 14 Aug 21 Aug*

MONTANA

Helena

IDAHO

150

300

450 km

• 3 daywalks and 7 shorter walks • Some walks dependent on wildlife • Altitude maximum 2400m, average 800m • Group normally 5 to 12, plus local leader. Min age 16yrs • 11 nights participatory camping (plus 1 hotel night at the start of the tour for Flight Inclusive bookings) • All breakfasts, 12 lunches and 10 dinners included

5 Full day with local geology guide. 6 Wilderness daywalk in Yellowstone N.P.

Holter Lake

Grand Teton N.P. Jackson Hole

WYOMING

UTAH

Salt Lake City

8 To Glacier N.P.; sunset walk.

Walking the Appalachian Trail 6

10 Daywalk in Glacier N.P.

Walk in the footsteps of history, exploring the forests and peaks of America's oldest and most popular footpath, the Appalachian Trail, ideal for nature lovers and photographers alike. Our daywalks will reveal the best highlights of the region as we delve into the mountain ranges of New Hampshire, Vermont, Maine and Massachusetts. In Autumn, the pristine forests of New England transform into vivid hues of crimson and orange, whilst in contrast, the shores of Mount Desert Island remain rugged and wild. Acadia National Park is a real highlight, offering unsurpassable mountain, island and ocean vistas.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide

Itinerary - Day by Day

START

END

26 Jun* 24 Jul 04 Sep 11 Sep* 18 Sep** 25 Sep** 02 Oct* 09 Oct*

MODERATE

TAN

At a Glance • 8 days walking • Good fitness required • Altitude maximum 1605m, average 830m • Group normally 5 to 12, plus local leader. Min age 18yrs • 9 nights participatory camping (plus 1 hotel night in Boston for Flight Inclusive bookings only) • All meals included whilst camping

1 Start Boston at 07:30 hrs; to Green Mountains National Forest; hike the Hopper Trail.

2015

05 Jul 02 Aug 13 Sep 20 Sep 27 Sep 04 Oct 11 Oct 18 Oct

2 Mt. Glastonbury wilderness ridge trail; views of Bennington Monument. 3 To White Mountains National Forest via a sugarbush farm; trek through forest to Lonesome Lake.

11 To Couer d’Alene; visit Tubbs Hill.

4 Franconia Ridge hike or optional ride on Cannon Mountain aerial tramway for panoramic vistas across three states. 5 Drive to Baxter State Park. 6 Trek to Mt Katahdin/Baxter Peak. 7 Short nature trail; optional float plane flight. 8 Visit Mount Desert Island - Acadia N.P.; walk the Ocean Path Trail.

Baxter S.P. Katahdin

CANADA

12 To Seattle via Keechelus Lake; end Seattle.

9 Walk along the Acadia Mountain Trail. 10 Drive to Boston; Freedom Trail walking tour. End Boston.

Daily Distance (km) 1 5 2 13 3 8 4 3 5 3

Activity Level

MAINE

VERMONT

6 6 8 4 9 10 8 11 3

Green Mountains

Mount Desert Island

White Mountains NEW HAMPSHIRE

Boston

P Premium F departure

P Fdeparture P Solo

160

LODGE DEPARTURES

If you prefer a little more comfort then Lodge Departures (9 nights 3-star hotels/lodges) are available on selected dates. Unlike our camping version of this trip, meals are not included on these departures (see trip code TANP online).

walking areas

MASSACHUSETTS

Juliette Hoad

132

Walk America's oldest trail l Pristine forests and mountains l Views across three states

• Optional single supplement $980 lodge departures; $260 camping departures • This trip is operated by our sister company Grand American Adventures • *Lodge departure • **Both camping and lodge departures on these dates

9 Full day in Glacier N.P.

“This was an amazing trip on which we were lucky enough to see an abundance of wildlife in addition to spectacular scenery.”

Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices. Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

7 Drive to Holter Lake in Montana.

Yellowstone N.P.

UNITED STATES

At a Glance

4 Full day in Yellowstone N.P. with specialist wolf guide.

28 Jul 04 Aug 11 Aug 18 Aug 25 Aug 01 Sep

CANADA

Couer d'Alene

TAY

3 To Yellowstone N.P.

Glacier N.P. Keechelus Lake

MODERATE

2 Walk amid the Grand Teton Range.

• Optional single supplement $200 (single tent only) • This trip is operated by our sister company Grand American Adventures • *Itinerary operates in reverse - see Trip Notes

WASHINGTON

1 Start Salt Lake City; to Jackson Hole; short walk.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 11).

Seattle

Itinerary - Day by Day

2016

$2610

Autumnal colours on the trail

USA

Dates & Price Guide

AMERICAS • USA

12 days land only

Daily Distance (km) 1 3 2 6 3 5 4

5 7 3 8 4 9 4

240 km

F Family departure

133

AMERICAS • CANADA

12 days land only from

$2950

Your

adventure begins here Notes www.exodustravels.com/loyalty-rewards

Yoho National Park

Canada

Canadian Rockies Wilderness Walk

Activity Level

The beautiful Canadian Rockies represent a small but magnificent part of the vast chain that runs virtually the whole length of the North American continent. Bursting with national parks and staggering scenery, this is a landscape where emerald lakes, alpine forests, glaciers and snow-sprinkled mountains all compete for our attention. We hike along an extensive network of trails in some of the best national parks, hoping to see eagles, deer, moose and bear as we go, with the added bonus of a multitude of alpine flowers carpeting the view for miles around.

Trip Code

Dates & Price Guide START

21 Jun 05 Jul 19 Jul 02 Aug 16 Aug 23 Aug 30 Aug 06 Sep 19 Jun 03 Jul

TAB

At a Glance • 9 days walking • Good fitness required • Altitude maximum 2689m, average 2000m • Group normally 6 to 12, plus local leader. Min age 18yrs • 11 nights participatory camping (plus 1 night hotel in Calgary for Flight Inclusive bookings) • All meals included whilst camping

6 Hike at Cavell Pond and Meadows in Jasper National Park.

Jasper

walking areas Maligne Range

ALBERTA

Icefields Parkway Yoho N.P.

Lake Louise

Kootenay N.P.

BRITISH COLUMBIA 100

5 Along the spectacular Columbia Icefields Parkway to Jasper.

7 Walking at Maligne Lake and Bald Hills; views of Queen Elizabeth Range. 8 Return along the Icefield Parkway, sightseeing in Banff and to Kananaskis.

• Optional single supplement $110 (single tent): $320 including 1 hotel night at start. • This trip is operated by our sister company Grand American Adventures

4 Walking in Yoho N.P. British Columbia; Takakkaw Falls.

Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).

3 Walking at Lake Louise.

Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices.

Mt Columbia

2 Walking in Banff N.P.

30 Jun 14 Jul

Jasper N.P.

5 CHALLENGING

1 Start Calgary; drive to Banff; short hike to Paget Lookout.

02 Jul 16 Jul 30 Jul 13 Aug 27 Aug 03 Sep 10 Sep 17 Sep 2016

Itinerary - Day by Day

END

2015

134

Pristine Rockies wilderness l Visit Banff and Lake Louise l Mountain and glacial scenery

150 km

Banff Calgary Longview

Waterton Lakes N.P.

9 Hike through thick forest to the Burstall Pass. ACCOMMODATION

10 Drive to Waterton, half-day walk to Bertha Lake.

Camping in North America

11 Waterton N.P.; Cameron, Summit, Carthew, Alderson and Waterton Lakes.

We use 4-man tents for every two clients. The majority of camp grounds are spacious, with good facilities including flush toilets and hot showers. Self-inflating sleeping mats and other communal camping equipment is provided but you'll need to bring your own sleeping bag and be prepared to get involved with participatory camping! (Applies to trip codes: TAB, TAN and TAY)

12 Visit Head Smashed in Buffalo Jump and return to Calgary; end.

Daily Distance (km) 2 3 4 5 3 6

20 18 22 12

7 9 10 11

14 8 12 19

To book, check up-to-date prices and availability please call your agent

Your agent

Phone: 1300 363 055 info@adventureworld.com.au www.adventureworld.com

where adventure begins

This brochure is printed on FSC accredited paper from sustainable forests, planted for the purpose. If you decide you do not wish to keep our brochure, please recycle it by passing it to a friend or travel agent. Brochure published by Exodus Travels Ltd. Produced by Exodus. Designed by www.parker-design.co.uk. Printed by Artifishal. ÂŠ2014 Exodus Travels (Reg. No. 1150160).